ViewVC Help

View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File

/cvs/libev/ev.pod

Comparing libev/ev.pod (file contents):
Revision 1.96 by ayin, Fri Dec 21 10:06:50 2007 UTC vs.
Revision 1.379 by root, Tue Jul 12 23:32:10 2011 UTC

…		…
2		2
3	libev - a high performance full-featured event loop written in C	3	libev - a high performance full-featured event loop written in C
4		4
5	=head1 SYNOPSIS	5	=head1 SYNOPSIS
6		6
7	#include <ev.h>	7	#include <ev.h>
8		8
9	=head1 EXAMPLE PROGRAM	9	=head2 EXAMPLE PROGRAM
10		10
		11	// a single header file is required
11	#include <ev.h>	12	#include <ev.h>
12		13
		14	#include <stdio.h> // for puts
		15
		16	// every watcher type has its own typedef'd struct
		17	// with the name ev_TYPE
13	ev_io stdin_watcher;	18	ev_io stdin_watcher;
14	ev_timer timeout_watcher;	19	ev_timer timeout_watcher;
15		20
16	/* called when data readable on stdin */	21	// all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
		22	// this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
17	static void	23	static void
18	stdin_cb (EV_P_ struct ev_io *w, int revents)	24	stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
19	{	25	{
20	/* puts ("stdin ready"); */	26	puts ("stdin ready");
21	ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w); /* just a syntax example */	27	// for one-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
22	ev_unloop (EV_A_ EVUNLOOP_ALL); /* leave all loop calls */	28	// with its corresponding stop function.
		29	ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
		30
		31	// this causes all nested ev_run's to stop iterating
		32	ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
23	}	33	}
24		34
		35	// another callback, this time for a time-out
25	static void	36	static void
26	timeout_cb (EV_P_ struct ev_timer *w, int revents)	37	timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
27	{	38	{
28	/* puts ("timeout"); */	39	puts ("timeout");
29	ev_unloop (EV_A_ EVUNLOOP_ONE); /* leave one loop call */	40	// this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
		41	ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
30	}	42	}
31		43
32	int	44	int
33	main (void)	45	main (void)
34	{	46	{
35	struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);	47	// use the default event loop unless you have special needs
		48	struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
36		49
37	/* initialise an io watcher, then start it */	50	// initialise an io watcher, then start it
		51	// this one will watch for stdin to become readable
38	ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);	52	ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
39	ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);	53	ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
40		54
		55	// initialise a timer watcher, then start it
41	/* simple non-repeating 5.5 second timeout */	56	// simple non-repeating 5.5 second timeout
42	ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);	57	ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
43	ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);	58	ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
44		59
45	/* loop till timeout or data ready */	60	// now wait for events to arrive
46	ev_loop (loop, 0);	61	ev_run (loop, 0);
47		62
		63	// break was called, so exit
48	return 0;	64	return 0;
49	}	65	}
50		66
51	=head1 DESCRIPTION	67	=head1 ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT
52		68
		69	This document documents the libev software package.
		70
53	The newest version of this document is also available as a html-formatted	71	The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
54	web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first	72	web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
55	time: L<http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.html>.	73	time: L<http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
		74
		75	While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
		76	libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
		77	on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
		78	with libev.
		79
		80	Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
		81	throughout this document.
		82
		83	=head1 WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY
		84
		85	This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
		86	it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
		87	reading L<ANATOMY OF A WATCHER>, then the L<EXAMPLE PROGRAM> above and
		88	look up the missing functions in L<GLOBAL FUNCTIONS> and the C<ev_io> and
		89	C<ev_timer> sections in L<WATCHER TYPES>.
		90
		91	=head1 ABOUT LIBEV
56		92
57	Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a	93	Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
58	file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage	94	file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
59	these event sources and provide your program with events.	95	these event sources and provide your program with events.
60		96
…		…
65	You register interest in certain events by registering so-called I<event	101	You register interest in certain events by registering so-called I<event
66	watchers>, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the	102	watchers>, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
67	details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by I<starting> the	103	details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by I<starting> the
68	watcher.	104	watcher.
69		105
70	=head1 FEATURES	106	=head2 FEATURES
71		107
72	Libev supports C<select>, C<poll>, the Linux-specific C<epoll>, the	108	Libev supports C<select>, C<poll>, the Linux-specific C<epoll>, the
73	BSD-specific C<kqueue> and the Solaris-specific event port mechanisms	109	BSD-specific C<kqueue> and the Solaris-specific event port mechanisms
74	for file descriptor events (C<ev_io>), the Linux C<inotify> interface	110	for file descriptor events (C<ev_io>), the Linux C<inotify> interface
75	(for C<ev_stat>), relative timers (C<ev_timer>), absolute timers	111	(for C<ev_stat>), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
76	with customised rescheduling (C<ev_periodic>), synchronous signals	112	inter-thread wakeup (C<ev_async>)/signal handling (C<ev_signal>)) relative
77	(C<ev_signal>), process status change events (C<ev_child>), and event	113	timers (C<ev_timer>), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
78	watchers dealing with the event loop mechanism itself (C<ev_idle>,	114	(C<ev_periodic>), synchronous signals (C<ev_signal>), process status
79	C<ev_embed>, C<ev_prepare> and C<ev_check> watchers) as well as	115	change events (C<ev_child>), and event watchers dealing with the event
80	file watchers (C<ev_stat>) and even limited support for fork events	116	loop mechanism itself (C<ev_idle>, C<ev_embed>, C<ev_prepare> and
81	(C<ev_fork>).	117	C<ev_check> watchers) as well as file watchers (C<ev_stat>) and even
		118	limited support for fork events (C<ev_fork>).
82		119
83	It also is quite fast (see this	120	It also is quite fast (see this
84	L<benchmark|http://libev.schmorp.de/bench.html> comparing it to libevent	121	L<benchmark|http://libev.schmorp.de/bench.html> comparing it to libevent
85	for example).	122	for example).
86		123
87	=head1 CONVENTIONS	124	=head2 CONVENTIONS
88		125
89	Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default configuration will	126	Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
90	be described, which supports multiple event loops. For more info about	127	configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
91	various configuration options please have a look at B<EMBED> section in	128	more info about various configuration options please have a look at
92	this manual. If libev was configured without support for multiple event	129	B<EMBED> section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
93	loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of name C<loop>	130	for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
94	(which is always of type C<struct ev_loop *>) will not have this argument.	131	name C<loop> (which is always of type C<struct ev_loop *>) will not have
		132	this argument.
95		133
96	=head1 TIME REPRESENTATION	134	=head2 TIME REPRESENTATION
97		135
98	Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing the	136	Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
99	(fractional) number of seconds since the (POSIX) epoch (somewhere near	137	the (fractional) number of seconds since the (POSIX) epoch (in practice
100	the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't ask). This type is	138	somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
101	called C<ev_tstamp>, which is what you should use too. It usually aliases	139	ask). This type is called C<ev_tstamp>, which is what you should use
102	to the C<double> type in C, and when you need to do any calculations on	140	too. It usually aliases to the C<double> type in C. When you need to do
103	it, you should treat it as some floatingpoint value. Unlike the name	141	any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
		142
104	component C<stamp> might indicate, it is also used for time differences	143	Unlike the name component C<stamp> might indicate, it is also used for
105	throughout libev.	144	time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
		145
		146	=head1 ERROR HANDLING
		147
		148	Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
		149	and internal errors (bugs).
		150
		151	When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
		152	a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
		153	set via C<ev_set_syserr_cb>, which is supposed to fix the problem or
		154	abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call C<abort
		155	()>.
		156
		157	When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
		158	it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the C<assert> mechanism,
		159	so C<NDEBUG> will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
		160	the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
		161
		162	Libev also has a few internal error-checking C<assert>ions, and also has
		163	extensive consistency checking code. These do not trigger under normal
		164	circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev or worse.
		165
106		166
107	=head1 GLOBAL FUNCTIONS	167	=head1 GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
108		168
109	These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the	169	These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
110	library in any way.	170	library in any way.
…		…
113		173
114	=item ev_tstamp ev_time ()	174	=item ev_tstamp ev_time ()
115		175
116	Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the	176	Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
117	C<ev_now> function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp	177	C<ev_now> function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
118	you actually want to know.	178	you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
		179	C<ev_update_now> and C<ev_now>.
		180
		181	=item ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)
		182
		183	Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked
		184	until either it is interrupted or the given time interval has
		185	passed (approximately - it might return a bit earlier even if not
		186	interrupted). Returns immediately if C<< interval <= 0 >>.
		187
		188	Basically this is a sub-second-resolution C<sleep ()>.
		189
		190	The range of the C<interval> is limited - libev only guarantees to work
		191	with sleep times of up to one day (C<< interval <= 86400 >>).
119		192
120	=item int ev_version_major ()	193	=item int ev_version_major ()
121		194
122	=item int ev_version_minor ()	195	=item int ev_version_minor ()
123		196
…		…
134	as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually	207	as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
135	compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually	208	compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
136	not a problem.	209	not a problem.
137		210
138	Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong	211	Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
139	version.	212	version (note, however, that this will not detect other ABI mismatches,
		213	such as LFS or reentrancy).
140		214
141	assert (("libev version mismatch",	215	assert (("libev version mismatch",
142	ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR	216	ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
143	&& ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));	217	&& ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
144		218
145	=item unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()	219	=item unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()
146		220
147	Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding C<EV_BACKEND_*>	221	Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding C<EV_BACKEND_*>
148	value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their	222	value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
…		…
150	a description of the set values.	224	a description of the set values.
151		225
152	Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and	226	Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
153	a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11	227	a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
154		228
155	assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",	229	assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
156	ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));	230	ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
157		231
158	=item unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()	232	=item unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()
159		233
160	Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and also	234	Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
161	recommended for this platform. This set is often smaller than the one	235	also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
		236	descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
162	returned by C<ev_supported_backends>, as for example kqueue is broken on	237	C<ev_supported_backends>, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
163	most BSDs and will not be autodetected unless you explicitly request it	238	and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
164	(assuming you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that	239	you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
165	libev will probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.	240	probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
166		241
167	=item unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()	242	=item unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()
168		243
169	Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This	244	Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
170	is the theoretical, all-platform, value. To find which backends	245	value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
171	might be supported on the current system, you would need to look at	246	current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
172	C<ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_supported_backends ()>, likewise for	247	the current system, you would need to look at C<ev_embeddable_backends ()
173	recommended ones.	248	& ev_supported_backends ()>, likewise for recommended ones.
174		249
175	See the description of C<ev_embed> watchers for more info.	250	See the description of C<ev_embed> watchers for more info.
176		251
177	=item ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size))	252	=item ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size))
178		253
179	Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar - the	254	Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar - the
180	semantics is identical - to the realloc C function). It is used to	255	semantics are identical to the C<realloc> C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
181	allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero when	256	used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
182	memory needs to be allocated, the library might abort or take some	257	when memory needs to be allocated (C<size != 0>), the library might abort
183	potentially destructive action. The default is your system realloc	258	or take some potentially destructive action.
184	function.	259
		260	Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
		261	correct C<realloc> semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
		262	C<realloc> and C<free> functions by default.
185		263
186	You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,	264	You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
187	free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,	265	free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
188	or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.	266	or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
189		267
190	Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then	268	Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
191	retries).	269	retries (example requires a standards-compliant C<realloc>).
192		270
193	static void *	271	static void *
194	persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)	272	persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
195	{	273	{
196	for (;;)	274	for (;;)
…		…
205	}	283	}
206		284
207	...	285	...
208	ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);	286	ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
209		287
210	=item ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg));	288	=item ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg))
211		289
212	Set the callback function to call on a retryable syscall error (such	290	Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
213	as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string	291	as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
214	indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this	292	indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
215	callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the sitution, no	293	callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
216	matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the	294	matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
217	requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff	295	requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
218	(such as abort).	296	(such as abort).
219		297
220	Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.	298	Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
…		…
227	}	305	}
228		306
229	...	307	...
230	ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);	308	ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
231		309
		310	=item ev_feed_signal (int signum)
		311
		312	This function can be used to "simulate" a signal receive. It is completely
		313	safe to call this function at any time, from any context, including signal
		314	handlers or random threads.
		315
		316	Its main use is to customise signal handling in your process, especially
		317	in the presence of threads. For example, you could block signals
		318	by default in all threads (and specifying C<EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK> when
		319	creating any loops), and in one thread, use C<sigwait> or any other
		320	mechanism to wait for signals, then "deliver" them to libev by calling
		321	C<ev_feed_signal>.
		322
232	=back	323	=back
233		324
234	=head1 FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING THE EVENT LOOP	325	=head1 FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS
235		326
236	An event loop is described by a C<struct ev_loop *>. The library knows two	327	An event loop is described by a C<struct ev_loop *> (the C<struct> is
237	types of such loops, the I<default> loop, which supports signals and child	328	I<not> optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
238	events, and dynamically created loops which do not.	329	libev 3 had an C<ev_loop> function colliding with the struct name).
239		330
240	If you use threads, a common model is to run the default event loop	331	The library knows two types of such loops, the I<default> loop, which
241	in your main thread (or in a separate thread) and for each thread you	332	supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
242	create, you also create another event loop. Libev itself does no locking	333	do not.
243	whatsoever, so if you mix calls to the same event loop in different
244	threads, make sure you lock (this is usually a bad idea, though, even if
245	done correctly, because it's hideous and inefficient).
246		334
247	=over 4	335	=over 4
248		336
249	=item struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)	337	=item struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)
250		338
251	This will initialise the default event loop if it hasn't been initialised	339	This returns the "default" event loop object, which is what you should
252	yet and return it. If the default loop could not be initialised, returns	340	normally use when you just need "the event loop". Event loop objects and
253	false. If it already was initialised it simply returns it (and ignores the	341	the C<flags> parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
254	flags. If that is troubling you, check C<ev_backend ()> afterwards).	342	C<ev_loop_new>.
		343
		344	If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
		345	returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
		346	C<ev_backend ()> afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
		347	flags, which should almost always be C<0>, unless the caller is also the
		348	one calling C<ev_run> or otherwise qualifies as "the main program".
255		349
256	If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this	350	If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
257	function.	351	function (or via the C<EV_DEFAULT> macro).
		352
		353	Note that this function is I<not> thread-safe, so if you want to use it
		354	from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
		355	that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
		356	threads anyway).
		357
		358	The default loop is the only loop that can handle C<ev_child> watchers,
		359	and to do this, it always registers a handler for C<SIGCHLD>. If this is
		360	a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
		361	C<ev_loop_new> which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
		362	C<SIGCHLD> signal handler I<after> calling C<ev_default_init>.
		363
		364	Example: This is the most typical usage.
		365
		366	if (!ev_default_loop (0))
		367	fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
		368
		369	Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
		370	environment settings to be taken into account:
		371
		372	ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
		373
		374	=item struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)
		375
		376	This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
		377	could not be initialised, returns false.
		378
		379	This function is thread-safe, and one common way to use libev with
		380	threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the default
		381	loop in the "main" or "initial" thread.
258		382
259	The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific	383	The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
260	backends to use, and is usually specified as C<0> (or C<EVFLAG_AUTO>).	384	backends to use, and is usually specified as C<0> (or C<EVFLAG_AUTO>).
261		385
262	The following flags are supported:	386	The following flags are supported:
…		…
268	The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right	392	The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
269	thing, believe me).	393	thing, believe me).
270		394
271	=item C<EVFLAG_NOENV>	395	=item C<EVFLAG_NOENV>
272		396
273	If this flag bit is ored into the flag value (or the program runs setuid	397	If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
274	or setgid) then libev will I<not> look at the environment variable	398	or setgid) then libev will I<not> look at the environment variable
275	C<LIBEV_FLAGS>. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will	399	C<LIBEV_FLAGS>. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
276	override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is	400	override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
277	useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, or to work	401	useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, or to work
278	around bugs.	402	around bugs.
279		403
280	=item C<EVFLAG_FORKCHECK>	404	=item C<EVFLAG_FORKCHECK>
281		405
282	Instead of calling C<ev_default_fork> or C<ev_loop_fork> manually after	406	Instead of calling C<ev_loop_fork> manually after a fork, you can also
283	a fork, you can also make libev check for a fork in each iteration by	407	make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
284	enabling this flag.
285		408
286	This works by calling C<getpid ()> on every iteration of the loop,	409	This works by calling C<getpid ()> on every iteration of the loop,
287	and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop	410	and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
288	iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my	411	iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
289	Linux system for example, C<getpid> is actually a simple 5-insn sequence	412	GNU/Linux system for example, C<getpid> is actually a simple 5-insn sequence
290	without a syscall and thus I<very> fast, but my Linux system also has	413	without a system call and thus I<very> fast, but my GNU/Linux system also has
291	C<pthread_atfork> which is even faster).	414	C<pthread_atfork> which is even faster).
292		415
293	The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and	416	The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
294	forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking) when you use this	417	forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking) when you use this
295	flag.	418	flag.
296		419
297	This flag setting cannot be overriden or specified in the C<LIBEV_FLAGS>	420	This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the C<LIBEV_FLAGS>
298	environment variable.	421	environment variable.
		422
		423	=item C<EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY>
		424
		425	When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
		426	I<inotify> API for its C<ev_stat> watchers. Apart from debugging and
		427	testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
		428	otherwise each loop using C<ev_stat> watchers consumes one inotify handle.
		429
		430	=item C<EVFLAG_SIGNALFD>
		431
		432	When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
		433	I<signalfd> API for its C<ev_signal> (and C<ev_child>) watchers. This API
		434	delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
		435	it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
		436	handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
		437	threads that are not interested in handling them.
		438
		439	Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
		440	there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
		441	example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
		442
		443	=item C<EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK>
		444
		445	When this flag is specified, then libev will avoid to modify the signal
		446	mask. Specifically, this means you have to make sure signals are unblocked
		447	when you want to receive them.
		448
		449	This behaviour is useful when you want to do your own signal handling, or
		450	want to handle signals only in specific threads and want to avoid libev
		451	unblocking the signals.
		452
		453	It's also required by POSIX in a threaded program, as libev calls
		454	C<sigprocmask>, whose behaviour is officially unspecified.
		455
		456	This flag's behaviour will become the default in future versions of libev.
299		457
300	=item C<EVBACKEND_SELECT> (value 1, portable select backend)	458	=item C<EVBACKEND_SELECT> (value 1, portable select backend)
301		459
302	This is your standard select(2) backend. Not I<completely> standard, as	460	This is your standard select(2) backend. Not I<completely> standard, as
303	libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,	461	libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
304	but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when	462	but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
305	using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its usually	463	using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
306	the fastest backend for a low number of fds.	464	usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
		465
		466	To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
		467	parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
		468	writing a server, you should C<accept ()> in a loop to accept as many
		469	connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
		470	a look at C<ev_set_io_collect_interval ()> to increase the amount of
		471	readiness notifications you get per iteration.
		472
		473	This backend maps C<EV_READ> to the C<readfds> set and C<EV_WRITE> to the
		474	C<writefds> set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
		475	C<exceptfds> set on that platform).
307		476
308	=item C<EVBACKEND_POLL> (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)	477	=item C<EVBACKEND_POLL> (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)
309		478
310	And this is your standard poll(2) backend. It's more complicated than	479	And this is your standard poll(2) backend. It's more complicated
311	select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial limit on the	480	than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
312	number of fds you can use (except it will slow down considerably with a	481	limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
313	lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select, i.e. O(total_fds).	482	considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
		483	i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for C<EVBACKEND_SELECT>, above, for
		484	performance tips.
		485
		486	This backend maps C<EV_READ> to C<POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP>, and
		487	C<EV_WRITE> to C<POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP>.
314		488
315	=item C<EVBACKEND_EPOLL> (value 4, Linux)	489	=item C<EVBACKEND_EPOLL> (value 4, Linux)
316		490
		491	Use the linux-specific epoll(7) interface (for both pre- and post-2.6.9
		492	kernels).
		493
317	For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select,	494	For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select, but
318	but it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale	495	it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale like
319	like O(total_fds) where n is the total number of fds (or the highest fd),	496	O(total_fds) where total_fds is the total number of fds (or the highest
320	epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds). The epoll design has a number	497	fd), epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
321	of shortcomings, such as silently dropping events in some hard-to-detect	498
322	cases and rewiring a syscall per fd change, no fork support and bad	499	The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
323	support for dup:	500	of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
		501	dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
		502	descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup,
		503	returning before the timeout value, resulting in additional iterations
		504	(and only giving 5ms accuracy while select on the same platform gives
		505	0.1ms) and so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however - if a program
		506	forks then I<both> parent and child process have to recreate the epoll
		507	set, which can take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor)
		508	and is of course hard to detect.
		509
		510	Epoll is also notoriously buggy - embedding epoll fds I<should> work,
		511	but of course I<doesn't>, and epoll just loves to report events for
		512	totally I<different> file descriptors (even already closed ones, so
		513	one cannot even remove them from the set) than registered in the set
		514	(especially on SMP systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious
		515	notifications by employing an additional generation counter and comparing
		516	that against the events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set
		517	when required. Epoll also erroneously rounds down timeouts, but gives you
		518	no way to know when and by how much, so sometimes you have to busy-wait
		519	because epoll returns immediately despite a nonzero timeout. And last
		520	not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
		521	perfectly fine with C<select> (files, many character devices...).
		522
		523	Epoll is truly the train wreck among event poll mechanisms, a frankenpoll,
		524	cobbled together in a hurry, no thought to design or interaction with
		525	others. Oh, the pain, will it ever stop...
324		526
325	While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration	527	While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
326	will result in some caching, there is still a syscall per such incident	528	will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
327	(because the fd could point to a different file description now), so its	529	incident (because the same I<file descriptor> could point to a different
328	best to avoid that. Also, C<dup ()>'ed file descriptors might not work	530	I<file description> now), so its best to avoid that. Also, C<dup ()>'ed
329	very well if you register events for both fds.	531	file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
		532	file descriptors.
330		533
331	Please note that epoll sometimes generates spurious notifications, so you	534	Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
332	need to use non-blocking I/O or other means to avoid blocking when no data	535	watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
333	(or space) is available.	536	i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
		537	starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
		538	extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
		539	as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
		540	take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
		541
		542	All this means that, in practice, C<EVBACKEND_SELECT> can be as fast or
		543	faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
		544	the usage. So sad.
		545
		546	While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
		547	all kernel versions tested so far.
		548
		549	This backend maps C<EV_READ> and C<EV_WRITE> in the same way as
		550	C<EVBACKEND_POLL>.
334		551
335	=item C<EVBACKEND_KQUEUE> (value 8, most BSD clones)	552	=item C<EVBACKEND_KQUEUE> (value 8, most BSD clones)
336		553
337	Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time of this writing, it	554	Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time of this writing, it
338	was broken on I<all> BSDs (usually it doesn't work with anything but	555	was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't work reliably
339	sockets and pipes, except on Darwin, where of course it's completely	556	with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin, where of course
340	useless. On NetBSD, it seems to work for all the FD types I tested, so it	557	it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose brokenness
341	is used by default there). For this reason it's not being "autodetected"	558	is by design, these kqueue bugs can (and eventually will) be fixed
		559	without API changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not being
342	unless you explicitly specify it explicitly in the flags (i.e. using	560	"auto-detected" unless you explicitly specify it in the flags (i.e. using
343	C<EVBACKEND_KQUEUE>) or libev was compiled on a known-to-be-good (-enough)	561	C<EVBACKEND_KQUEUE>) or libev was compiled on a known-to-be-good (-enough)
344	system like NetBSD.	562	system like NetBSD.
345		563
		564	You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
		565	only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
		566	the target platform). See C<ev_embed> watchers for more info.
		567
346	It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the	568	It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
347	kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed,	569	kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
348	of course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does	570	course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
349	never cause an extra syscall as with epoll, it still adds up to two event	571	cause an extra system call as with C<EVBACKEND_EPOLL>, it still adds up to
350	changes per incident, support for C<fork ()> is very bad and it drops fds	572	two event changes per incident. Support for C<fork ()> is very bad (but
351	silently in similarly hard-to-detetc cases.	573	sane, unlike epoll) and it drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect
		574	cases
		575
		576	This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
		577
		578	While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
		579	everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
		580	almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
		581	(for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
		582	(e.g. C<EVBACKEND_SELECT> or C<EVBACKEND_POLL> (but C<poll> is of course
		583	also broken on OS X)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
		584
		585	This backend maps C<EV_READ> into an C<EVFILT_READ> kevent with
		586	C<NOTE_EOF>, and C<EV_WRITE> into an C<EVFILT_WRITE> kevent with
		587	C<NOTE_EOF>.
352		588
353	=item C<EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL> (value 16, Solaris 8)	589	=item C<EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL> (value 16, Solaris 8)
354		590
355	This is not implemented yet (and might never be).	591	This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
		592	implementation). According to reports, C</dev/poll> only supports sockets
		593	and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
		594	immensely.
356		595
357	=item C<EVBACKEND_PORT> (value 32, Solaris 10)	596	=item C<EVBACKEND_PORT> (value 32, Solaris 10)
358		597
359	This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,	598	This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,
360	it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).	599	it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
361		600
362	Please note that solaris event ports can deliver a lot of spurious	601	While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
363	notifications, so you need to use non-blocking I/O or other means to avoid	602	file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
364	blocking when no data (or space) is available.	603	descriptors a "slow" C<EVBACKEND_SELECT> or C<EVBACKEND_POLL> backend
		604	might perform better.
		605
		606	On the positive side, this backend actually performed fully to
		607	specification in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat
		608	among the OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed
		609	hacks).
		610
		611	On the negative side, the interface is I<bizarre> - so bizarre that
		612	even sun itself gets it wrong in their code examples: The event polling
		613	function sometimes returns events to the caller even though an error
		614	occurred, but with no indication whether it has done so or not (yes, it's
		615	even documented that way) - deadly for edge-triggered interfaces where you
		616	absolutely have to know whether an event occurred or not because you have
		617	to re-arm the watcher.
		618
		619	Fortunately libev seems to be able to work around these idiocies.
		620
		621	This backend maps C<EV_READ> and C<EV_WRITE> in the same way as
		622	C<EVBACKEND_POLL>.
365		623
366	=item C<EVBACKEND_ALL>	624	=item C<EVBACKEND_ALL>
367		625
368	Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried	626	Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
369	with C<EVFLAG_AUTO>). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as	627	with C<EVFLAG_AUTO>). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
370	C<EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE>.	628	C<EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE>.
371		629
		630	It is definitely not recommended to use this flag, use whatever
		631	C<ev_recommended_backends ()> returns, or simply do not specify a backend
		632	at all.
		633
		634	=item C<EVBACKEND_MASK>
		635
		636	Not a backend at all, but a mask to select all backend bits from a
		637	C<flags> value, in case you want to mask out any backends from a flags
		638	value (e.g. when modifying the C<LIBEV_FLAGS> environment variable).
		639
372	=back	640	=back
373		641
374	If one or more of these are ored into the flags value, then only these	642	If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
375	backends will be tried (in the reverse order as given here). If none are	643	then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
376	specified, most compiled-in backend will be tried, usually in reverse	644	here). If none are specified, all backends in C<ev_recommended_backends
377	order of their flag values :)	645	()> will be tried.
378
379	The most typical usage is like this:
380
381	if (!ev_default_loop (0))
382	fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
383
384	Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
385	environment settings to be taken into account:
386
387	ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
388
389	Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is used if
390	available (warning, breaks stuff, best use only with your own private
391	event loop and only if you know the OS supports your types of fds):
392
393	ev_default_loop (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
394
395	=item struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)
396
397	Similar to C<ev_default_loop>, but always creates a new event loop that is
398	always distinct from the default loop. Unlike the default loop, it cannot
399	handle signal and child watchers, and attempts to do so will be greeted by
400	undefined behaviour (or a failed assertion if assertions are enabled).
401		646
402	Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.	647	Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
403		648
404	struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);	649	struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
405	if (!epoller)	650	if (!epoller)
406	fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");	651	fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
407		652
		653	Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
		654	used if available.
		655
		656	struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
		657
408	=item ev_default_destroy ()	658	=item ev_loop_destroy (loop)
409		659
410	Destroys the default loop again (frees all memory and kernel state	660	Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
411	etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal	661	etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
412	sense, so e.g. C<ev_is_active> might still return true. It is your	662	sense, so e.g. C<ev_is_active> might still return true. It is your
413	responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yoursef I<before>	663	responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself I<before>
414	calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually	664	calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
415	the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or C<free ()> them	665	the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or C<free ()> them
416	for example).	666	for example).
417		667
418	Note that certain global state, such as signal state, will not be freed by	668	Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
419	this function, and related watchers (such as signal and child watchers)	669	handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
420	would need to be stopped manually.	670	as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
421		671
422	In general it is not advisable to call this function except in the	672	This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
423	rare occasion where you really need to free e.g. the signal handling	673	C<ev_loop_new>, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
		674	C<ev_default_loop>, in which case it is not thread-safe.
		675
		676	Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
		677	except in the rare occasion where you really need to free its resources.
424	pipe fds. If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use	678	If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use C<ev_loop_new>
425	C<ev_loop_new> and C<ev_loop_destroy>).	679	and C<ev_loop_destroy>.
426		680
427	=item ev_loop_destroy (loop)	681	=item ev_loop_fork (loop)
428		682
429	Like C<ev_default_destroy>, but destroys an event loop created by an	683	This function sets a flag that causes subsequent C<ev_run> iterations to
430	earlier call to C<ev_loop_new>.
431
432	=item ev_default_fork ()
433
434	This function reinitialises the kernel state for backends that have	684	reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite the
435	one. Despite the name, you can call it anytime, but it makes most sense	685	name, you can call it anytime, but it makes most sense after forking, in
436	after forking, in either the parent or child process (or both, but that	686	the child process. You I<must> call it (or use C<EVFLAG_FORKCHECK>) in the
437	again makes little sense).	687	child before resuming or calling C<ev_run>.
438		688
439	You I<must> call this function in the child process after forking if and	689	Again, you I<have> to call it on I<any> loop that you want to re-use after
440	only if you want to use the event library in both processes. If you just	690	a fork, I<even if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent>. This is
441	fork+exec, you don't have to call it.	691	because some kernel interfaces *cough* I<kqueue> *cough* do funny things
		692	during fork.
		693
		694	On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
		695	process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
		696	you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
		697	call it at all (in fact, C<epoll> is so badly broken that it makes a
		698	difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
		699	costly reset of the backend).
442		700
443	The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call	701	The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
444	it just in case after a fork. To make this easy, the function will fit in	702	it just in case after a fork.
445	quite nicely into a call to C<pthread_atfork>:
446		703
		704	Example: Automate calling C<ev_loop_fork> on the default loop when
		705	using pthreads.
		706
		707	static void
		708	post_fork_child (void)
		709	{
		710	ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
		711	}
		712
		713	...
447	pthread_atfork (0, 0, ev_default_fork);	714	pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
448		715
449	At the moment, C<EVBACKEND_SELECT> and C<EVBACKEND_POLL> are safe to use	716	=item int ev_is_default_loop (loop)
450	without calling this function, so if you force one of those backends you
451	do not need to care.
452		717
453	=item ev_loop_fork (loop)	718	Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
		719	otherwise.
454		720
455	Like C<ev_default_fork>, but acts on an event loop created by
456	C<ev_loop_new>. Yes, you have to call this on every allocated event loop
457	after fork, and how you do this is entirely your own problem.
458
459	=item unsigned int ev_loop_count (loop)	721	=item unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)
460		722
461	Returns the count of loop iterations for the loop, which is identical to	723	Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
462	the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at C<0> and	724	to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at C<0>
463	happily wraps around with enough iterations.	725	and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
464		726
465	This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it	727	This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
466	"ticks" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with	728	"ticks" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
467	C<ev_prepare> and C<ev_check> calls.	729	C<ev_prepare> and C<ev_check> calls - and is incremented between the
		730	prepare and check phases.
		731
		732	=item unsigned int ev_depth (loop)
		733
		734	Returns the number of times C<ev_run> was entered minus the number of
		735	times C<ev_run> was exited normally, in other words, the recursion depth.
		736
		737	Outside C<ev_run>, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
		738	C<1>, unless C<ev_run> was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
		739	in which case it is higher.
		740
		741	Leaving C<ev_run> abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread,
		742	throwing an exception etc.), doesn't count as "exit" - consider this
		743	as a hint to avoid such ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really
		744	convenient, in which case it is fully supported.
468		745
469	=item unsigned int ev_backend (loop)	746	=item unsigned int ev_backend (loop)
470		747
471	Returns one of the C<EVBACKEND_*> flags indicating the event backend in	748	Returns one of the C<EVBACKEND_*> flags indicating the event backend in
472	use.	749	use.
…		…
477	received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not	754	received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
478	change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base	755	change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
479	time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the	756	time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
480	event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).	757	event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
481		758
		759	=item ev_now_update (loop)
		760
		761	Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
		762	returned by C<ev_now ()> in the progress. This is a costly operation and
		763	is usually done automatically within C<ev_run ()>.
		764
		765	This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
		766	very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
		767	the current time is a good idea.
		768
		769	See also L<The special problem of time updates> in the C<ev_timer> section.
		770
		771	=item ev_suspend (loop)
		772
		773	=item ev_resume (loop)
		774
		775	These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
		776	loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
		777
		778	A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
		779	the user presses C<^Z> to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
		780	would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
		781	the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling C<ev_suspend>
		782	in your C<SIGTSTP> handler, sending yourself a C<SIGSTOP> and calling
		783	C<ev_resume> directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
		784
		785	Effectively, all C<ev_timer> watchers will be delayed by the time spend
		786	between C<ev_suspend> and C<ev_resume>, and all C<ev_periodic> watchers
		787	will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
		788	occurred while suspended).
		789
		790	After calling C<ev_suspend> you B<must not> call I<any> function on the
		791	given loop other than C<ev_resume>, and you B<must not> call C<ev_resume>
		792	without a previous call to C<ev_suspend>.
		793
		794	Calling C<ev_suspend>/C<ev_resume> has the side effect of updating the
		795	event loop time (see C<ev_now_update>).
		796
482	=item ev_loop (loop, int flags)	797	=item ev_run (loop, int flags)
483		798
484	Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called	799	Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
485	after you initialised all your watchers and you want to start handling	800	after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
486	events.	801	handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
		802	the watcher callbacks, an then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
		803	is why event loops are called I<loops>.
487		804
488	If the flags argument is specified as C<0>, it will not return until	805	If the flags argument is specified as C<0>, it will keep handling events
489	either no event watchers are active anymore or C<ev_unloop> was called.	806	until either no event watchers are active anymore or C<ev_break> was
		807	called.
490		808
491	Please note that an explicit C<ev_unloop> is usually better than	809	Please note that an explicit C<ev_break> is usually better than
492	relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has	810	relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
493	finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program that	811	finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
494	automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue of	812	that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
495	relying on its watchers stopping correctly is a thing of beauty.	813	of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
		814	beauty.
496		815
		816	This function is also I<mostly> exception-safe - you can break out of
		817	a C<ev_run> call by calling C<longjmp> in a callback, throwing a C++
		818	exception and so on. This does not decrement the C<ev_depth> value, nor
		819	will it clear any outstanding C<EVBREAK_ONE> breaks.
		820
497	A flags value of C<EVLOOP_NONBLOCK> will look for new events, will handle	821	A flags value of C<EVRUN_NOWAIT> will look for new events, will handle
498	those events and any outstanding ones, but will not block your process in	822	those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
499	case there are no events and will return after one iteration of the loop.	823	block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
		824	iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
		825	events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
500		826
501	A flags value of C<EVLOOP_ONESHOT> will look for new events (waiting if	827	A flags value of C<EVRUN_ONCE> will look for new events (waiting if
502	neccessary) and will handle those and any outstanding ones. It will block	828	necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
503	your process until at least one new event arrives, and will return after	829	will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
504	one iteration of the loop. This is useful if you are waiting for some	830	be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
505	external event in conjunction with something not expressible using other	831	user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
		832	iteration of the loop.
		833
		834	This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
		835	with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
506	libev watchers. However, a pair of C<ev_prepare>/C<ev_check> watchers is	836	own C<ev_run>"). However, a pair of C<ev_prepare>/C<ev_check> watchers is
507	usually a better approach for this kind of thing.	837	usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
508		838
509	Here are the gory details of what C<ev_loop> does:	839	Here are the gory details of what C<ev_run> does (this is for your
		840	understanding, not a guarantee that things will work exactly like this in
		841	future versions):
510		842
		843	- Increment loop depth.
		844	- Reset the ev_break status.
511	- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.	845	- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
512	* If there are no active watchers (reference count is zero), return.	846	LOOP:
513	- Queue all prepare watchers and then call all outstanding watchers.	847	- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
		848	- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
		849	- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
		850	- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
514	- If we have been forked, recreate the kernel state.	851	- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
		852	as to not disturb the other process.
515	- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.	853	- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
516	- Update the "event loop time".	854	- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
517	- Calculate for how long to block.	855	- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
		856	(active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
		857	any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
		858	- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
		859	- Increment loop iteration counter.
518	- Block the process, waiting for any events.	860	- Block the process, waiting for any events.
519	- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.	861	- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
520	- Update the "event loop time" and do time jump handling.	862	- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
521	- Queue all outstanding timers.	863	- Queue all expired timers.
522	- Queue all outstanding periodics.	864	- Queue all expired periodics.
523	- If no events are pending now, queue all idle watchers.	865	- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
524	- Queue all check watchers.	866	- Queue all check watchers.
525	- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).	867	- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
526	Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will	868	Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will
527	be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.	869	be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
528	- If ev_unloop has been called or EVLOOP_ONESHOT or EVLOOP_NONBLOCK	870	- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
529	were used, return, otherwise continue with step *.	871	were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
		872	continue with step LOOP.
		873	FINISH:
		874	- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
		875	- Decrement the loop depth.
		876	- Return.
530		877
531	Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outsanding	878	Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
532	anymore.	879	anymore.
533		880
534	... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long	881	... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
535	... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)	882	... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
536	ev_loop (my_loop, 0);	883	ev_run (my_loop, 0);
537	... jobs done. yeah!	884	... jobs done or somebody called break. yeah!
538		885
539	=item ev_unloop (loop, how)	886	=item ev_break (loop, how)
540		887
541	Can be used to make a call to C<ev_loop> return early (but only after it	888	Can be used to make a call to C<ev_run> return early (but only after it
542	has processed all outstanding events). The C<how> argument must be either	889	has processed all outstanding events). The C<how> argument must be either
543	C<EVUNLOOP_ONE>, which will make the innermost C<ev_loop> call return, or	890	C<EVBREAK_ONE>, which will make the innermost C<ev_run> call return, or
544	C<EVUNLOOP_ALL>, which will make all nested C<ev_loop> calls return.	891	C<EVBREAK_ALL>, which will make all nested C<ev_run> calls return.
		892
		893	This "break state" will be cleared on the next call to C<ev_run>.
		894
		895	It is safe to call C<ev_break> from outside any C<ev_run> calls, too, in
		896	which case it will have no effect.
545		897
546	=item ev_ref (loop)	898	=item ev_ref (loop)
547		899
548	=item ev_unref (loop)	900	=item ev_unref (loop)
549		901
550	Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event	902	Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
551	loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference	903	loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
552	count is nonzero, C<ev_loop> will not return on its own. If you have	904	count is nonzero, C<ev_run> will not return on its own.
553	a watcher you never unregister that should not keep C<ev_loop> from	905
554	returning, ev_unref() after starting, and ev_ref() before stopping it. For	906	This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
		907	unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep C<ev_run> from
		908	returning. In such a case, call C<ev_unref> after starting, and C<ev_ref>
		909	before stopping it.
		910
555	example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It is not	911	As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
556	visible to the libev user and should not keep C<ev_loop> from exiting if	912	is not visible to the libev user and should not keep C<ev_run> from
557	no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an excellent	913	exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
558	way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within third-party	914	excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
559	libraries. Just remember to I<unref after start> and I<ref before stop>.	915	third-party libraries. Just remember to I<unref after start> and I<ref
		916	before stop> (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
		917	before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
		918	(e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to C<ev_ref>
		919	in the callback).
560		920
561	Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping C<ev_loop>	921	Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping C<ev_run>
562	running when nothing else is active.	922	running when nothing else is active.
563		923
564	struct ev_signal exitsig;	924	ev_signal exitsig;
565	ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);	925	ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
566	ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);	926	ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
567	evf_unref (loop);	927	ev_unref (loop);
568		928
569	Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.	929	Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
570		930
571	ev_ref (loop);	931	ev_ref (loop);
572	ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);	932	ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
		933
		934	=item ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)
		935
		936	=item ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)
		937
		938	These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
		939	for events. Both time intervals are by default C<0>, meaning that libev
		940	will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
		941	latency.
		942
		943	Setting these to a higher value (the C<interval> I<must> be >= C<0>)
		944	allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
		945	to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
		946	opportunities).
		947
		948	The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
		949	one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
		950	program responsive, it also wastes a lot of CPU time to poll for new
		951	events, especially with backends like C<select ()> which have a high
		952	overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
		953
		954	By setting a higher I<io collect interval> you allow libev to spend more
		955	time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
		956	at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both C<ev_periodic> and
		957	C<ev_timer>) will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
		958	introduce an additional C<ev_sleep ()> call into most loop iterations. The
		959	sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
		960	once per this interval, on average (as long as the host time resolution is
		961	good enough).
		962
		963	Likewise, by setting a higher I<timeout collect interval> you allow libev
		964	to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
		965	latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
		966	later). C<ev_io> watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
		967	value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
		968
		969	Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
		970	interval to a value near C<0.1> or so, which is often enough for
		971	interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
		972	usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than C<0.01>,
		973	as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
		974	you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
		975	parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
		976	need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
		977	then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
		978
		979	Setting the I<timeout collect interval> can improve the opportunity for
		980	saving power, as the program will "bundle" timer callback invocations that
		981	are "near" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
		982	times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
		983	reduce iterations/wake-ups is to use C<ev_periodic> watchers and make sure
		984	they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
		985
		986	Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
		987	more often than 100 times per second:
		988
		989	ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
		990	ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
		991
		992	=item ev_invoke_pending (loop)
		993
		994	This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
		995	pending state. Normally, C<ev_run> does this automatically when required,
		996	but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
		997	function can be invoked from a watcher - this can be useful for example
		998	when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
		999	event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
		1000	thread executes within C<ev_invoke_pending> or C<ev_run> of course).
		1001
		1002	=item int ev_pending_count (loop)
		1003
		1004	Returns the number of pending watchers - zero indicates that no watchers
		1005	are pending.
		1006
		1007	=item ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))
		1008
		1009	This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
		1010	invoking all pending watchers when there are any, C<ev_run> will call
		1011	this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
		1012	invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
		1013
		1014	If you want to reset the callback, use C<ev_invoke_pending> as new
		1015	callback.
		1016
		1017	=item ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P), void (*acquire)(EV_P))
		1018
		1019	Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
		1020	can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
		1021	each call to a libev function.
		1022
		1023	However, C<ev_run> can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
		1024	to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
		1025	loop via C<ev_break> and C<av_async_send>, another way is to set these
		1026	I<release> and I<acquire> callbacks on the loop.
		1027
		1028	When set, then C<release> will be called just before the thread is
		1029	suspended waiting for new events, and C<acquire> is called just
		1030	afterwards.
		1031
		1032	Ideally, C<release> will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
		1033	C<acquire> will just call the mutex_lock function again.
		1034
		1035	While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
		1036	C<release> and C<acquire> (that's their only purpose after all), no
		1037	modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
		1038	have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
		1039	waited. Use an C<ev_async> watcher to wake up C<ev_run> when you want it
		1040	to take note of any changes you made.
		1041
		1042	In theory, threads executing C<ev_run> will be async-cancel safe between
		1043	invocations of C<release> and C<acquire>.
		1044
		1045	See also the locking example in the C<THREADS> section later in this
		1046	document.
		1047
		1048	=item ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)
		1049
		1050	=item void *ev_userdata (loop)
		1051
		1052	Set and retrieve a single C<void *> associated with a loop. When
		1053	C<ev_set_userdata> has never been called, then C<ev_userdata> returns
		1054	C<0>.
		1055
		1056	These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
		1057	and are intended solely for the C<invoke_pending_cb>, C<release> and
		1058	C<acquire> callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab-)used for
		1059	any other purpose as well.
		1060
		1061	=item ev_verify (loop)
		1062
		1063	This function only does something when C<EV_VERIFY> support has been
		1064	compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
		1065	through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
		1066	is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
		1067	error and call C<abort ()>.
		1068
		1069	This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
		1070	circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
		1071	data structures consistent.
573		1072
574	=back	1073	=back
575		1074
576		1075
577	=head1 ANATOMY OF A WATCHER	1076	=head1 ANATOMY OF A WATCHER
578		1077
		1078	In the following description, uppercase C<TYPE> in names stands for the
		1079	watcher type, e.g. C<ev_TYPE_start> can mean C<ev_timer_start> for timer
		1080	watchers and C<ev_io_start> for I/O watchers.
		1081
579	A watcher is a structure that you create and register to record your	1082	A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
580	interest in some event. For instance, if you want to wait for STDIN to	1083	your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
581	become readable, you would create an C<ev_io> watcher for that:	1084	to wait for STDIN to become readable, you would create an C<ev_io> watcher
		1085	for that:
582		1086
583	static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, struct ev_io *w, int revents)	1087	static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
584	{	1088	{
585	ev_io_stop (w);	1089	ev_io_stop (w);
586	ev_unloop (loop, EVUNLOOP_ALL);	1090	ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
587	}	1091	}
588		1092
589	struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);	1093	struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
		1094
590	struct ev_io stdin_watcher;	1095	ev_io stdin_watcher;
		1096
591	ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);	1097	ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
592	ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);	1098	ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
593	ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);	1099	ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
		1100
594	ev_loop (loop, 0);	1101	ev_run (loop, 0);
595		1102
596	As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your	1103	As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
597	watcher structures (and it is usually a bad idea to do this on the stack,	1104	watcher structures (and it is I<usually> a bad idea to do this on the
598	although this can sometimes be quite valid).	1105	stack).
599		1106
		1107	Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called C<struct ev_TYPE>
		1108	or simply C<ev_TYPE>, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
		1109
600	Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to C<ev_init	1110	Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to C<ev_init (watcher
601	(watcher *, callback)>, which expects a callback to be provided. This	1111	*, callback)>, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
602	callback gets invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of io	1112	invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
603	watchers, each time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given	1113	time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
604	is readable and/or writable).	1114	and/or writable).
605		1115
606	Each watcher type has its own C<< ev_<type>_set (watcher *, ...) >> macro	1116	Each watcher type further has its own C<< ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...) >>
607	with arguments specific to this watcher type. There is also a macro	1117	macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
608	to combine initialisation and setting in one call: C<< ev_<type>_init	1118	is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: C<<
609	(watcher *, callback, ...) >>.	1119	ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...) >>.
610		1120
611	To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it	1121	To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
612	with a watcher-specific start function (C<< ev_<type>_start (loop, watcher	1122	with a watcher-specific start function (C<< ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
613	*) >>), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the	1123	*) >>), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
614	corresponding stop function (C<< ev_<type>_stop (loop, watcher *) >>.	1124	corresponding stop function (C<< ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *) >>.
615		1125
616	As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you	1126	As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
617	must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never	1127	must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never
618	reinitialise it or call its C<set> macro.	1128	reinitialise it or call its C<ev_TYPE_set> macro.
619		1129
620	Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the	1130	Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
621	registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as	1131	registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
622	third argument.	1132	third argument.
623		1133
…		…
632	=item C<EV_WRITE>	1142	=item C<EV_WRITE>
633		1143
634	The file descriptor in the C<ev_io> watcher has become readable and/or	1144	The file descriptor in the C<ev_io> watcher has become readable and/or
635	writable.	1145	writable.
636		1146
637	=item C<EV_TIMEOUT>	1147	=item C<EV_TIMER>
638		1148
639	The C<ev_timer> watcher has timed out.	1149	The C<ev_timer> watcher has timed out.
640		1150
641	=item C<EV_PERIODIC>	1151	=item C<EV_PERIODIC>
642		1152
…		…
660		1170
661	=item C<EV_PREPARE>	1171	=item C<EV_PREPARE>
662		1172
663	=item C<EV_CHECK>	1173	=item C<EV_CHECK>
664		1174
665	All C<ev_prepare> watchers are invoked just I<before> C<ev_loop> starts	1175	All C<ev_prepare> watchers are invoked just I<before> C<ev_run> starts
666	to gather new events, and all C<ev_check> watchers are invoked just after	1176	to gather new events, and all C<ev_check> watchers are invoked just after
667	C<ev_loop> has gathered them, but before it invokes any callbacks for any	1177	C<ev_run> has gathered them, but before it invokes any callbacks for any
668	received events. Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as	1178	received events. Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as
669	many watchers as they want, and all of them will be taken into account	1179	many watchers as they want, and all of them will be taken into account
670	(for example, a C<ev_prepare> watcher might start an idle watcher to keep	1180	(for example, a C<ev_prepare> watcher might start an idle watcher to keep
671	C<ev_loop> from blocking).	1181	C<ev_run> from blocking).
672		1182
673	=item C<EV_EMBED>	1183	=item C<EV_EMBED>
674		1184
675	The embedded event loop specified in the C<ev_embed> watcher needs attention.	1185	The embedded event loop specified in the C<ev_embed> watcher needs attention.
676		1186
677	=item C<EV_FORK>	1187	=item C<EV_FORK>
678		1188
679	The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see	1189	The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
680	C<ev_fork>).	1190	C<ev_fork>).
681		1191
		1192	=item C<EV_CLEANUP>
		1193
		1194	The event loop is about to be destroyed (see C<ev_cleanup>).
		1195
		1196	=item C<EV_ASYNC>
		1197
		1198	The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see C<ev_async>).
		1199
		1200	=item C<EV_CUSTOM>
		1201
		1202	Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
		1203	by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via C<ev_feed_event>).
		1204
682	=item C<EV_ERROR>	1205	=item C<EV_ERROR>
683		1206
684	An unspecified error has occured, the watcher has been stopped. This might	1207	An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
685	happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev	1208	happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
686	ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other	1209	ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
		1210	problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
		1211
687	problem. You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping	1212	You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
688	with the watcher being stopped.	1213	watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
		1214	an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
		1215	bug in your program.
689		1216
690	Libev will usually signal a few "dummy" events together with an error,	1217	Libev will usually signal a few "dummy" events together with an error, for
691	for example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if	1218	example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
692	your callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope	1219	callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
693	with the error from read() or write(). This will not work in multithreaded	1220	the error from read() or write(). This will not work in multi-threaded
694	programs, though, so beware.	1221	programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
		1222	thing, so beware.
695		1223
696	=back	1224	=back
697		1225
698	=head2 GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS	1226	=head2 GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS
699
700	In the following description, C<TYPE> stands for the watcher type,
701	e.g. C<timer> for C<ev_timer> watchers and C<io> for C<ev_io> watchers.
702		1227
703	=over 4	1228	=over 4
704		1229
705	=item C<ev_init> (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)	1230	=item C<ev_init> (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)
706		1231
…		…
712	which rolls both calls into one.	1237	which rolls both calls into one.
713		1238
714	You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped	1239	You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
715	(or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.	1240	(or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
716		1241
717	The callback is always of type C<void (*)(ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,	1242	The callback is always of type C<void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
718	int revents)>.	1243	int revents)>.
719		1244
		1245	Example: Initialise an C<ev_io> watcher in two steps.
		1246
		1247	ev_io w;
		1248	ev_init (&w, my_cb);
		1249	ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
		1250
720	=item C<ev_TYPE_set> (ev_TYPE *, [args])	1251	=item C<ev_TYPE_set> (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])
721		1252
722	This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to	1253	This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
723	call C<ev_init> at least once before you call this macro, but you can	1254	call C<ev_init> at least once before you call this macro, but you can
724	call C<ev_TYPE_set> any number of times. You must not, however, call this	1255	call C<ev_TYPE_set> any number of times. You must not, however, call this
725	macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a	1256	macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
726	difference to the C<ev_init> macro).	1257	difference to the C<ev_init> macro).
727		1258
728	Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments	1259	Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
729	(e.g. C<ev_prepare>) you still need to call its C<set> macro.	1260	(e.g. C<ev_prepare>) you still need to call its C<set> macro.
730		1261
		1262	See C<ev_init>, above, for an example.
		1263
731	=item C<ev_TYPE_init> (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])	1264	=item C<ev_TYPE_init> (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])
732		1265
733	This convinience macro rolls both C<ev_init> and C<ev_TYPE_set> macro	1266	This convenience macro rolls both C<ev_init> and C<ev_TYPE_set> macro
734	calls into a single call. This is the most convinient method to initialise	1267	calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
735	a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.	1268	a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
736		1269
		1270	Example: Initialise and set an C<ev_io> watcher in one step.
		1271
		1272	ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
		1273
737	=item C<ev_TYPE_start> (loop *, ev_TYPE *watcher)	1274	=item C<ev_TYPE_start> (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)
738		1275
739	Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive	1276	Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
740	events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.	1277	events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
741		1278
		1279	Example: Start the C<ev_io> watcher that is being abused as example in this
		1280	whole section.
		1281
		1282	ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
		1283
742	=item C<ev_TYPE_stop> (loop *, ev_TYPE *watcher)	1284	=item C<ev_TYPE_stop> (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)
743		1285
744	Stops the given watcher again (if active) and clears the pending	1286	Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
		1287	the watcher was active or not).
		1288
745	status. It is possible that stopped watchers are pending (for example,	1289	It is possible that stopped watchers are pending - for example,
746	non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending), but	1290	non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending - but
747	C<ev_TYPE_stop> ensures that the watcher is neither active nor pending. If	1291	calling C<ev_TYPE_stop> ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
748	you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is therefore a	1292	pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
749	good idea to always call its C<ev_TYPE_stop> function.	1293	therefore a good idea to always call its C<ev_TYPE_stop> function.
750		1294
751	=item bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)	1295	=item bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)
752		1296
753	Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started	1297	Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
754	and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify	1298	and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
…		…
770	=item ev_cb_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)	1314	=item ev_cb_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)
771		1315
772	Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time	1316	Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
773	(modulo threads).	1317	(modulo threads).
774		1318
775	=item ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, priority)	1319	=item ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)
776		1320
777	=item int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)	1321	=item int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)
778		1322
779	Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small	1323	Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
780	integer between C<EV_MAXPRI> (default: C<2>) and C<EV_MINPRI>	1324	integer between C<EV_MAXPRI> (default: C<2>) and C<EV_MINPRI>
781	(default: C<-2>). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked	1325	(default: C<-2>). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
782	before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers	1326	before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
783	from being executed (except for C<ev_idle> watchers).	1327	from being executed (except for C<ev_idle> watchers).
784		1328
785	This means that priorities are I<only> used for ordering callback
786	invocation after new events have been received. This is useful, for
787	example, to reduce latency after idling, or more often, to bind two
788	watchers on the same event and make sure one is called first.
789
790	If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending	1329	If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
791	you need to look at C<ev_idle> watchers, which provide this functionality.	1330	you need to look at C<ev_idle> watchers, which provide this functionality.
792		1331
793	You I<must not> change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or	1332	You I<must not> change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or
794	pending.	1333	pending.
795		1334
		1335	Setting a priority outside the range of C<EV_MINPRI> to C<EV_MAXPRI> is
		1336	fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
		1337	or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
		1338
796	The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is	1339	The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
797	always C<0>, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).	1340	always C<0>, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
798		1341
799	Setting a priority outside the range of C<EV_MINPRI> to C<EV_MAXPRI> is	1342	See L<WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS>, below, for a more thorough treatment of
800	fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might	1343	priorities.
801	or might not have been adjusted to be within valid range.
802		1344
803	=item ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)	1345	=item ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)
804		1346
805	Invoke the C<watcher> with the given C<loop> and C<revents>. Neither	1347	Invoke the C<watcher> with the given C<loop> and C<revents>. Neither
806	C<loop> nor C<revents> need to be valid as long as the watcher callback	1348	C<loop> nor C<revents> need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
807	can deal with that fact.	1349	can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
		1350	callback.
808		1351
809	=item int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)	1352	=item int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)
810		1353
811	If the watcher is pending, this function returns clears its pending status	1354	If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
812	and returns its C<revents> bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the	1355	returns its C<revents> bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
813	watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns C<0>.	1356	watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns C<0>.
814		1357
		1358	Sometimes it can be useful to "poll" a watcher instead of waiting for its
		1359	callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
		1360
		1361	=item ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)
		1362
		1363	Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
		1364	had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
		1365	initialised but not necessarily started event watcher). Obviously you must
		1366	not free the watcher as long as it has pending events.
		1367
		1368	Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
		1369	C<ev_clear_pending> will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
		1370	not started in the first place.
		1371
		1372	See also C<ev_feed_fd_event> and C<ev_feed_signal_event> for related
		1373	functions that do not need a watcher.
		1374
815	=back	1375	=back
816		1376
		1377	See also the L<ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER> and L<BUILDING YOUR
		1378	OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS> idioms.
817		1379
818	=head2 ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER	1380	=head2 WATCHER STATES
819		1381
820	Each watcher has, by default, a member C<void *data> that you can change	1382	There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual -
821	and read at any time, libev will completely ignore it. This can be used	1383	active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
822	to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and	1384	transition between them will be described in more detail - and while these
823	don't want to allocate memory and store a pointer to it in that data	1385	rules might look complicated, they usually do "the right thing".
824	member, you can also "subclass" the watcher type and provide your own
825	data:
826		1386
827	struct my_io	1387	=over 4
828	{
829	struct ev_io io;
830	int otherfd;
831	void *somedata;
832	struct whatever *mostinteresting;
833	}
834		1388
835	And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you	1389	=item initialiased
836	can cast it back to your own type:
837		1390
838	static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, struct ev_io *w_, int revents)	1391	Before a watcher can be registered with the event loop it has to be
839	{	1392	initialised. This can be done with a call to C<ev_TYPE_init>, or calls to
840	struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;	1393	C<ev_init> followed by the watcher-specific C<ev_TYPE_set> function.
841	...
842	}
843		1394
844	More interesting and less C-conformant ways of casting your callback type	1395	In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for
845	instead have been omitted.	1396	use in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at
		1397	will - as long as you either keep the memory contents intact, or call
		1398	C<ev_TYPE_init> again.
846		1399
847	Another common scenario is having some data structure with multiple	1400	=item started/running/active
848	watchers:
849		1401
850	struct my_biggy	1402	Once a watcher has been started with a call to C<ev_TYPE_start> it becomes
851	{	1403	property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
852	int some_data;	1404	this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways), moved,
853	ev_timer t1;	1405	freed or anything else - the only legal thing is to keep a pointer to it,
854	ev_timer t2;	1406	and call libev functions on it that are documented to work on active watchers.
855	}
856		1407
857	In this case getting the pointer to C<my_biggy> is a bit more complicated,	1408	=item pending
858	you need to use C<offsetof>:
859		1409
860	#include <stddef.h>	1410	If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
		1411	in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It will
		1412	stay in this pending state until either it is stopped or its callback is
		1413	about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside the watcher
		1414	callback.
861		1415
		1416	The watcher might or might not be active while it is pending (for example,
		1417	an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer active). If it
		1418	is stopped, it can be freely accessed (e.g. by calling C<ev_TYPE_set>),
		1419	but it is still property of the event loop at this time, so cannot be
		1420	moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the rules described in the
		1421	previous item still apply.
		1422
		1423	It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
		1424	via C<ev_feed_event>), in which case it becomes pending without being
		1425	active.
		1426
		1427	=item stopped
		1428
		1429	A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
		1430	be pending), or explicitly by calling its C<ev_TYPE_stop> function. The
		1431	latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
		1432	of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
		1433	freeing it is often a good idea.
		1434
		1435	While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
		1436	initialised state, that is, it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
		1437	you wish (but when you trash the memory block, you need to C<ev_TYPE_init>
		1438	it again).
		1439
		1440	=back
		1441
		1442	=head2 WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS
		1443
		1444	Many event loops support I<watcher priorities>, which are usually small
		1445	integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
		1446	between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
		1447
		1448	In libev, Watcher priorities can be set using C<ev_set_priority>. See its
		1449	description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
		1450	range.
		1451
		1452	There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
		1453	by event loops:
		1454
		1455	In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities "lock out" invocation
		1456	of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
		1457	watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
		1458
		1459	The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
		1460	callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
		1461	watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
		1462	before polling for new events.
		1463
		1464	Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
		1465	except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
		1466
		1467	The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
		1468	watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
		1469	libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
		1470	their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
		1471	common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
		1472	priority ones.
		1473
		1474	Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
		1475	watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
		1476	C<ev_io> watcher to receive data, and an associated C<ev_timer> to handle
		1477	timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
		1478	other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
		1479	handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
		1480	the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
		1481	handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
		1482	always, what you want).
		1483
		1484	Since idle watchers use the "lock-out" model, meaning that idle watchers
		1485	will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
		1486	received events, they can be used to implement the "lock-out" model when
		1487	required.
		1488
		1489	For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
		1490	you can associate an C<ev_idle> watcher to each such watcher, and in
		1491	the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
		1492	processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
		1493	continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
		1494	the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
		1495	workable.
		1496
		1497	Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
		1498	miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
		1499	it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
		1500	idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
		1501	the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
		1502
		1503	Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
		1504	priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
		1505	other events are pending:
		1506
		1507	ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
		1508	ev_io io; // actual event watcher
		1509
862	static void	1510	static void
863	t1_cb (EV_P_ struct ev_timer *w, int revents)	1511	io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
864	{	1512	{
865	struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *	1513	// stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
866	(((char *)w) - offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));	1514	// are not yet ready to handle it.
		1515	ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
		1516
		1517	// start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
		1518	// it will not be executed as long as other watchers
		1519	// with the default priority are receiving events.
		1520	ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
867	}	1521	}
868		1522
869	static void	1523	static void
870	t2_cb (EV_P_ struct ev_timer *w, int revents)	1524	idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
871	{	1525	{
872	struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *	1526	// actual processing
873	(((char *)w) - offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));	1527	read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
		1528
		1529	// have to start the I/O watcher again, as
		1530	// we have handled the event
		1531	ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
874	}	1532	}
		1533
		1534	// initialisation
		1535	ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
		1536	ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
		1537	ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
		1538
		1539	In the "real" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
		1540	low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
		1541	enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
		1542	during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
		1543	important ones.
875		1544
876		1545
877	=head1 WATCHER TYPES	1546	=head1 WATCHER TYPES
878		1547
879	This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat	1548	This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
…		…
903	In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per	1572	In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
904	fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file	1573	fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
905	descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not	1574	descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
906	required if you know what you are doing).	1575	required if you know what you are doing).
907		1576
908	You have to be careful with dup'ed file descriptors, though. Some backends
909	(the linux epoll backend is a notable example) cannot handle dup'ed file
910	descriptors correctly if you register interest in two or more fds pointing
911	to the same underlying file/socket/etc. description (that is, they share
912	the same underlying "file open").
913
914	If you must do this, then force the use of a known-to-be-good backend
915	(at the time of this writing, this includes only C<EVBACKEND_SELECT> and
916	C<EVBACKEND_POLL>).
917
918	Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to	1577	Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
919	receive "spurious" readyness notifications, that is your callback might	1578	receive "spurious" readiness notifications, that is, your callback might
920	be called with C<EV_READ> but a subsequent C<read>(2) will actually block	1579	be called with C<EV_READ> but a subsequent C<read>(2) will actually block
921	because there is no data. Not only are some backends known to create a	1580	because there is no data. It is very easy to get into this situation even
922	lot of those (for example solaris ports), it is very easy to get into	1581	with a relatively standard program structure. Thus it is best to always
923	this situation even with a relatively standard program structure. Thus	1582	use non-blocking I/O: An extra C<read>(2) returning C<EAGAIN> is far
924	it is best to always use non-blocking I/O: An extra C<read>(2) returning
925	C<EAGAIN> is far preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.	1583	preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
926		1584
927	If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should not	1585	If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
928	play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to seperately re-test	1586	not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
929	whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good interface	1587	re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
930	such as poll (fortunately in our Xlib example, Xlib already does this on	1588	interface such as poll (fortunately in the case of Xlib, it already does
931	its own, so its quite safe to use).	1589	this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
		1590	use C<SIGALRM> and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
		1591	indefinitely.
		1592
		1593	But really, best use non-blocking mode.
932		1594
933	=head3 The special problem of disappearing file descriptors	1595	=head3 The special problem of disappearing file descriptors
934		1596
935	Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll) need to be told about closing a file	1597	Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll) need to be told about closing a file
936	descriptor (either by calling C<close> explicitly or by any other means,	1598	descriptor (either due to calling C<close> explicitly or any other means,
937	such as C<dup>). The reason is that you register interest in some file	1599	such as C<dup2>). The reason is that you register interest in some file
938	descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently drop	1600	descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently drop
939	this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then is	1601	this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then is
940	registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is, in	1602	registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is, in
941	fact, a different file descriptor.	1603	fact, a different file descriptor.
942		1604
…		…
952	optimisations to libev.	1614	optimisations to libev.
953		1615
954	=head3 The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors	1616	=head3 The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors
955		1617
956	Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,	1618	Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
957	but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That menas when you	1619	but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
958	have C<dup ()>'ed file descriptors and register events for them, only one	1620	have C<dup ()>'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
959	file descriptor might actually receive events.	1621	events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
960		1622
961	There is no workaorund possible except not registering events	1623	There is no workaround possible except not registering events
962	for potentially C<dup ()>'ed file descriptors or to resort to	1624	for potentially C<dup ()>'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
963	C<EVBACKEND_SELECT> or C<EVBACKEND_POLL>.	1625	C<EVBACKEND_SELECT> or C<EVBACKEND_POLL>.
		1626
		1627	=head3 The special problem of files
		1628
		1629	Many people try to use C<select> (or libev) on file descriptors
		1630	representing files, and expect it to become ready when their program
		1631	doesn't block on disk accesses (which can take a long time on their own).
		1632
		1633	However, this cannot ever work in the "expected" way - you get a readiness
		1634	notification as soon as the kernel knows whether and how much data is
		1635	there, and in the case of open files, that's always the case, so you
		1636	always get a readiness notification instantly, and your read (or possibly
		1637	write) will still block on the disk I/O.
		1638
		1639	Another way to view it is that in the case of sockets, pipes, character
		1640	devices and so on, there is another party (the sender) that delivers data
		1641	on its own, but in the case of files, there is no such thing: the disk
		1642	will not send data on its own, simply because it doesn't know what you
		1643	wish to read - you would first have to request some data.
		1644
		1645	Since files are typically not-so-well supported by advanced notification
		1646	mechanism, libev tries hard to emulate POSIX behaviour with respect
		1647	to files, even though you should not use it. The reason for this is
		1648	convenience: sometimes you want to watch STDIN or STDOUT, which is
		1649	usually a tty, often a pipe, but also sometimes files or special devices
		1650	(for example, C<epoll> on Linux works with F</dev/random> but not with
		1651	F</dev/urandom>), and even though the file might better be served with
		1652	asynchronous I/O instead of with non-blocking I/O, it is still useful when
		1653	it "just works" instead of freezing.
		1654
		1655	So avoid file descriptors pointing to files when you know it (e.g. use
		1656	libeio), but use them when it is convenient, e.g. for STDIN/STDOUT, or
		1657	when you rarely read from a file instead of from a socket, and want to
		1658	reuse the same code path.
964		1659
965	=head3 The special problem of fork	1660	=head3 The special problem of fork
966		1661
967	Some backends (epoll, kqueue) do not support C<fork ()> at all or exhibit	1662	Some backends (epoll, kqueue) do not support C<fork ()> at all or exhibit
968	useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs to be told about	1663	useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs to be told about
969	it in the child.	1664	it in the child if you want to continue to use it in the child.
970		1665
971	To support fork in your programs, you either have to call	1666	To support fork in your child processes, you have to call C<ev_loop_fork
972	C<ev_default_fork ()> or C<ev_loop_fork ()> after a fork in the child,	1667	()> after a fork in the child, enable C<EVFLAG_FORKCHECK>, or resort to
973	enable C<EVFLAG_FORKCHECK>, or resort to C<EVBACKEND_SELECT> or	1668	C<EVBACKEND_SELECT> or C<EVBACKEND_POLL>.
974	C<EVBACKEND_POLL>.
975		1669
		1670	=head3 The special problem of SIGPIPE
		1671
		1672	While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about C<SIGPIPE>:
		1673	when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
		1674	sent a SIGPIPE, which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
		1675	this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
		1676
		1677	So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
		1678	ignore SIGPIPE (and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
		1679	somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
		1680
		1681	=head3 The special problem of accept()ing when you can't
		1682
		1683	Many implementations of the POSIX C<accept> function (for example,
		1684	found in post-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
		1685	connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
		1686
		1687	For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
		1688	of resource limits), causing C<accept> to fail with C<ENFILE> but not
		1689	rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
		1690	the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
		1691	typically causing the program to loop at 100% CPU usage.
		1692
		1693	Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
		1694	operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
		1695	situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
		1696	cope with overload is known (to me).
		1697
		1698	One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
		1699	- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
		1700	situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no OS offers an
		1701	event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
		1702
		1703	A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
		1704	C<EAGAIN> and C<EWOULDBLOCK>, making sure not to flood the log with such
		1705	messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
		1706	what could be wrong ("raise the ulimit!"). For extra points one could stop
		1707	the C<ev_io> watcher on the listening fd "for a while", which reduces CPU
		1708	usage.
		1709
		1710	If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
		1711	descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening F</dev/null>), and
		1712	when you run into C<ENFILE> or C<EMFILE>, close it, run C<accept>,
		1713	close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
		1714	clients under typical overload conditions.
		1715
		1716	The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and C<exit>, as
		1717	is often done with C<malloc> failures, but this results in an easy
		1718	opportunity for a DoS attack.
976		1719
977	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions	1720	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions
978		1721
979	=over 4	1722	=over 4
980		1723
981	=item ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)	1724	=item ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)
982		1725
983	=item ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)	1726	=item ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)
984		1727
985	Configures an C<ev_io> watcher. The C<fd> is the file descriptor to	1728	Configures an C<ev_io> watcher. The C<fd> is the file descriptor to
986	rceeive events for and events is either C<EV_READ>, C<EV_WRITE> or	1729	receive events for and C<events> is either C<EV_READ>, C<EV_WRITE> or
987	C<EV_READ | EV_WRITE> to receive the given events.	1730	C<EV_READ | EV_WRITE>, to express the desire to receive the given events.
988		1731
989	=item int fd [read-only]	1732	=item int fd [read-only]
990		1733
991	The file descriptor being watched.	1734	The file descriptor being watched.
992		1735
993	=item int events [read-only]	1736	=item int events [read-only]
994		1737
995	The events being watched.	1738	The events being watched.
996		1739
997	=back	1740	=back
		1741
		1742	=head3 Examples
998		1743
999	Example: Call C<stdin_readable_cb> when STDIN_FILENO has become, well	1744	Example: Call C<stdin_readable_cb> when STDIN_FILENO has become, well
1000	readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could	1745	readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
1001	attempt to read a whole line in the callback.	1746	attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
1002		1747
1003	static void	1748	static void
1004	stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, struct ev_io *w, int revents)	1749	stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1005	{	1750	{
1006	ev_io_stop (loop, w);	1751	ev_io_stop (loop, w);
1007	.. read from stdin here (or from w->fd) and haqndle any I/O errors	1752	.. read from stdin here (or from w->fd) and handle any I/O errors
1008	}	1753	}
1009		1754
1010	...	1755	...
1011	struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);	1756	struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
1012	struct ev_io stdin_readable;	1757	ev_io stdin_readable;
1013	ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);	1758	ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1014	ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);	1759	ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
1015	ev_loop (loop, 0);	1760	ev_run (loop, 0);
1016		1761
1017		1762
1018	=head2 C<ev_timer> - relative and optionally repeating timeouts	1763	=head2 C<ev_timer> - relative and optionally repeating timeouts
1019		1764
1020	Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a	1765	Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
1021	given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.	1766	given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
1022		1767
1023	The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that	1768	The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
1024	times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to last years	1769	times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
1025	time, it will still time out after (roughly) and hour. "Roughly" because	1770	year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. "Roughly" because
1026	detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the	1771	detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
1027	monotonic clock option helps a lot here).	1772	monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
		1773
		1774	The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only I<after> its timeout has
		1775	passed (not I<at>, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
		1776	might introduce a small delay). If multiple timers become ready during the
		1777	same loop iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked
		1778	before ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is
		1779	no longer true when a callback calls C<ev_run> recursively).
		1780
		1781	=head3 Be smart about timeouts
		1782
		1783	Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
		1784	recovery. A typical example is an HTTP request - if the other side hangs,
		1785	you want to raise some error after a while.
		1786
		1787	What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
		1788	inefficient to smart and efficient.
		1789
		1790	In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed - a timeout that
		1791	gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
		1792	data or other life sign was received).
		1793
		1794	=over 4
		1795
		1796	=item 1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity.
		1797
		1798	This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
		1799	start the watcher:
		1800
		1801	ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
		1802	ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
		1803
		1804	Then, each time there is some activity, C<ev_timer_stop> it, initialise it
		1805	and start it again:
		1806
		1807	ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
		1808	ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
		1809	ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
		1810
		1811	This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
		1812	some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
		1813	data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
		1814	still not a constant-time operation.
		1815
		1816	=item 2. Use a timer and re-start it with C<ev_timer_again> inactivity.
		1817
		1818	This is the easiest way, and involves using C<ev_timer_again> instead of
		1819	C<ev_timer_start>.
		1820
		1821	To implement this, configure an C<ev_timer> with a C<repeat> value
		1822	of C<60> and then call C<ev_timer_again> at start and each time you
		1823	successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
		1824	you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can C<ev_timer_stop>
		1825	the timer, and C<ev_timer_again> will automatically restart it if need be.
		1826
		1827	That means you can ignore both the C<ev_timer_start> function and the
		1828	C<after> argument to C<ev_timer_set>, and only ever use the C<repeat>
		1829	member and C<ev_timer_again>.
		1830
		1831	At start:
		1832
		1833	ev_init (timer, callback);
		1834	timer->repeat = 60.;
		1835	ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
		1836
		1837	Each time there is some activity:
		1838
		1839	ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
		1840
		1841	It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
		1842	whether the watcher is active or not:
		1843
		1844	timer->repeat = 30.;
		1845	ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
		1846
		1847	This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
		1848	you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
		1849	remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
		1850
		1851	It is, however, even simpler than the "obvious" way to do it.
		1852
		1853	=item 3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required.
		1854
		1855	This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
		1856	relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity - in
		1857	our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
		1858	associated activity resets.
		1859
		1860	In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the C<ev_timer> alone,
		1861	but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
		1862	within the callback:
		1863
		1864	ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
		1865
		1866	static void
		1867	callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
		1868	{
		1869	ev_tstamp now = ev_now (EV_A);
		1870	ev_tstamp timeout = last_activity + 60.;
		1871
		1872	// if last_activity + 60. is older than now, we did time out
		1873	if (timeout < now)
		1874	{
		1875	// timeout occurred, take action
		1876	}
		1877	else
		1878	{
		1879	// callback was invoked, but there was some activity, re-arm
		1880	// the watcher to fire in last_activity + 60, which is
		1881	// guaranteed to be in the future, so "again" is positive:
		1882	w->repeat = timeout - now;
		1883	ev_timer_again (EV_A_ w);
		1884	}
		1885	}
		1886
		1887	To summarise the callback: first calculate the real timeout (defined
		1888	as "60 seconds after the last activity"), then check if that time has
		1889	been reached, which means something I<did>, in fact, time out. Otherwise
		1890	the callback was invoked too early (C<timeout> is in the future), so
		1891	re-schedule the timer to fire at that future time, to see if maybe we have
		1892	a timeout then.
		1893
		1894	Note how C<ev_timer_again> is used, taking advantage of the
		1895	C<ev_timer_again> optimisation when the timer is already running.
		1896
		1897	This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
		1898	minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
		1899	libev to change the timeout.
		1900
		1901	To start the timer, simply initialise the watcher and set C<last_activity>
		1902	to the current time (meaning we just have some activity :), then call the
		1903	callback, which will "do the right thing" and start the timer:
		1904
		1905	ev_init (timer, callback);
		1906	last_activity = ev_now (loop);
		1907	callback (loop, timer, EV_TIMER);
		1908
		1909	And when there is some activity, simply store the current time in
		1910	C<last_activity>, no libev calls at all:
		1911
		1912	last_activity = ev_now (loop);
		1913
		1914	This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
		1915	time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
		1916
		1917	Changing the timeout is trivial as well (if it isn't hard-coded in the
		1918	callback :) - just change the timeout and invoke the callback, which will
		1919	fix things for you.
		1920
		1921	=item 4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts.
		1922
		1923	If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
		1924	employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
		1925	do even better:
		1926
		1927	When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
		1928	at the I<end> of the list.
		1929
		1930	Then use an C<ev_timer> to fire when the timeout at the I<beginning> of
		1931	the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
		1932
		1933	When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
		1934	the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
		1935	update the C<ev_timer> if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
		1936
		1937	This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
		1938	starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
		1939	complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
		1940	ensures that the list stays sorted.
		1941
		1942	=back
		1943
		1944	So which method the best?
		1945
		1946	Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
		1947	situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
		1948	better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
		1949	one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
		1950
		1951	Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
		1952	rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
		1953	off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
		1954	overkill :)
		1955
		1956	=head3 The special problem of time updates
		1957
		1958	Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes at
		1959	least two system calls): EV therefore updates its idea of the current
		1960	time only before and after C<ev_run> collects new events, which causes a
		1961	growing difference between C<ev_now ()> and C<ev_time ()> when handling
		1962	lots of events in one iteration.
1028		1963
1029	The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the C<ev_now ()>	1964	The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the C<ev_now ()>
1030	time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time	1965	time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
1031	of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If	1966	of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
1032	you suspect event processing to be delayed and you I<need> to base the timeout	1967	you suspect event processing to be delayed and you I<need> to base the
1033	on the current time, use something like this to adjust for this:	1968	timeout on the current time, use something like this to adjust for this:
1034		1969
1035	ev_timer_set (&timer, after + ev_now () - ev_time (), 0.);	1970	ev_timer_set (&timer, after + ev_now () - ev_time (), 0.);
1036		1971
1037	The callback is guarenteed to be invoked only when its timeout has passed,	1972	If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
1038	but if multiple timers become ready during the same loop iteration then	1973	update of the time returned by C<ev_now ()> by calling C<ev_now_update
1039	order of execution is undefined.	1974	()>.
		1975
		1976	=head3 The special problems of suspended animation
		1977
		1978	When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
		1979	can suspend/hibernate - what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
		1980
		1981	Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
		1982	all processes, while the clocks (C<times>, C<CLOCK_MONOTONIC>) continue
		1983	to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
		1984	system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
		1985	was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
		1986	towards C<ev_timer> when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
		1987	clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
		1988	long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
		1989	be adjusted accordingly.
		1990
		1991	I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
		1992	operating systems, OS versions or even different hardware.
		1993
		1994	The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a SIGSTOP) will see a
		1995	time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
		1996	is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
		1997	then you can expect C<ev_timer>s to expire as the full suspension time
		1998	will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
		1999	use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
		2000
		2001	It might be beneficial for this latter case to call C<ev_suspend>
		2002	and C<ev_resume> in code that handles C<SIGTSTP>, to at least get
		2003	deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
		2004	C<SIGSTOP>).
1040		2005
1041	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members	2006	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members
1042		2007
1043	=over 4	2008	=over 4
1044		2009
1045	=item ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)	2010	=item ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)
1046		2011
1047	=item ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)	2012	=item ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)
1048		2013
1049	Configure the timer to trigger after C<after> seconds. If C<repeat> is	2014	Configure the timer to trigger after C<after> seconds. If C<repeat>
1050	C<0.>, then it will automatically be stopped. If it is positive, then the	2015	is C<0.>, then it will automatically be stopped once the timeout is
1051	timer will automatically be configured to trigger again C<repeat> seconds	2016	reached. If it is positive, then the timer will automatically be
1052	later, again, and again, until stopped manually.	2017	configured to trigger again C<repeat> seconds later, again, and again,
		2018	until stopped manually.
1053		2019
1054	The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if you	2020	The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
1055	configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will trigger at	2021	you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
1056	exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot keep up with	2022	trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
1057	the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to do stuff) the	2023	keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
1058	timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.	2024	do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
1059		2025
1060	=item ev_timer_again (loop)	2026	=item ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)
1061		2027
1062	This will act as if the timer timed out and restart it again if it is	2028	This will act as if the timer timed out and restarts it again if it is
1063	repeating. The exact semantics are:	2029	repeating. The exact semantics are:
1064		2030
1065	If the timer is pending, its pending status is cleared.	2031	If the timer is pending, its pending status is cleared.
1066		2032
1067	If the timer is started but nonrepeating, stop it (as if it timed out).	2033	If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out).
1068		2034
1069	If the timer is repeating, either start it if necessary (with the	2035	If the timer is repeating, either start it if necessary (with the
1070	C<repeat> value), or reset the running timer to the C<repeat> value.	2036	C<repeat> value), or reset the running timer to the C<repeat> value.
1071		2037
1072	This sounds a bit complicated, but here is a useful and typical	2038	This sounds a bit complicated, see L<Be smart about timeouts>, above, for a
1073	example: Imagine you have a tcp connection and you want a so-called idle	2039	usage example.
1074	timeout, that is, you want to be called when there have been, say, 60
1075	seconds of inactivity on the socket. The easiest way to do this is to
1076	configure an C<ev_timer> with a C<repeat> value of C<60> and then call
1077	C<ev_timer_again> each time you successfully read or write some data. If
1078	you go into an idle state where you do not expect data to travel on the
1079	socket, you can C<ev_timer_stop> the timer, and C<ev_timer_again> will
1080	automatically restart it if need be.
1081		2040
1082	That means you can ignore the C<after> value and C<ev_timer_start>	2041	=item ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)
1083	altogether and only ever use the C<repeat> value and C<ev_timer_again>:
1084		2042
1085	ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 0., 5.);	2043	Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
1086	ev_timer_again (loop, timer);	2044	then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
1087	...	2045	the timeout value currently configured.
1088	timer->again = 17.;
1089	ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1090	...
1091	timer->again = 10.;
1092	ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1093		2046
1094	This is more slightly efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time	2047	That is, after an C<ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)>, C<ev_timer_remaining> returns
1095	you want to modify its timeout value.	2048	C<5>. When the timer is started and one second passes, C<ev_timer_remaining>
		2049	will return C<4>. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
		2050	roughly C<7> (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
		2051	too), and so on.
1096		2052
1097	=item ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]	2053	=item ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]
1098		2054
1099	The current C<repeat> value. Will be used each time the watcher times out	2055	The current C<repeat> value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
1100	or C<ev_timer_again> is called and determines the next timeout (if any),	2056	or C<ev_timer_again> is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
1101	which is also when any modifications are taken into account.	2057	which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
1102		2058
1103	=back	2059	=back
1104		2060
		2061	=head3 Examples
		2062
1105	Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.	2063	Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
1106		2064
1107	static void	2065	static void
1108	one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, struct ev_timer *w, int revents)	2066	one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
1109	{	2067	{
1110	.. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here	2068	.. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
1111	}	2069	}
1112		2070
1113	struct ev_timer mytimer;	2071	ev_timer mytimer;
1114	ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);	2072	ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
1115	ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);	2073	ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
1116		2074
1117	Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of	2075	Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
1118	inactivity.	2076	inactivity.
1119		2077
1120	static void	2078	static void
1121	timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, struct ev_timer *w, int revents)	2079	timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
1122	{	2080	{
1123	.. ten seconds without any activity	2081	.. ten seconds without any activity
1124	}	2082	}
1125		2083
1126	struct ev_timer mytimer;	2084	ev_timer mytimer;
1127	ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */	2085	ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
1128	ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */	2086	ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
1129	ev_loop (loop, 0);	2087	ev_run (loop, 0);
1130		2088
1131	// and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":	2089	// and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
1132	// reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds	2090	// reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
1133	ev_timer_again (&mytimer);	2091	ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
1134		2092
1135		2093
1136	=head2 C<ev_periodic> - to cron or not to cron?	2094	=head2 C<ev_periodic> - to cron or not to cron?
1137		2095
1138	Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile	2096	Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
1139	(and unfortunately a bit complex).	2097	(and unfortunately a bit complex).
1140		2098
1141	Unlike C<ev_timer>'s, they are not based on real time (or relative time)	2099	Unlike C<ev_timer>, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
1142	but on wallclock time (absolute time). You can tell a periodic watcher	2100	relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
1143	to trigger "at" some specific point in time. For example, if you tell a	2101	(absolute time, the thing you can read on your calender or clock). The
1144	periodic watcher to trigger in 10 seconds (by specifiying e.g. C<ev_now ()	2102	difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
1145	+ 10.>) and then reset your system clock to the last year, then it will	2103	time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
1146	take a year to trigger the event (unlike an C<ev_timer>, which would trigger	2104	wrist-watch).
1147	roughly 10 seconds later).
1148		2105
1149	They can also be used to implement vastly more complex timers, such as	2106	You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
1150	triggering an event on each midnight, local time or other, complicated,	2107	in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger "in 10
1151	rules.	2108	seconds" (by specifying e.g. C<ev_now () + 10.>, that is, an absolute time
		2109	not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
		2110	year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
		2111	C<ev_timer>, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
		2112	it, as it uses a relative timeout).
1152		2113
		2114	C<ev_periodic> watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
		2115	timers, such as triggering an event on each "midnight, local time", or
		2116	other complicated rules. This cannot be done with C<ev_timer> watchers, as
		2117	those cannot react to time jumps.
		2118
1153	As with timers, the callback is guarenteed to be invoked only when the	2119	As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
1154	time (C<at>) has been passed, but if multiple periodic timers become ready	2120	point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
1155	during the same loop iteration then order of execution is undefined.	2121	timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
		2122	earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
		2123	(but this is no longer true when a callback calls C<ev_run> recursively).
1156		2124
1157	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members	2125	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members
1158		2126
1159	=over 4	2127	=over 4
1160		2128
1161	=item ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp at, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)	2129	=item ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)
1162		2130
1163	=item ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat, reschedule_cb)	2131	=item ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)
1164		2132
1165	Lots of arguments, lets sort it out... There are basically three modes of	2133	Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
1166	operation, and we will explain them from simplest to complex:	2134	operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
1167		2135
1168	=over 4	2136	=over 4
1169		2137
1170	=item * absolute timer (at = time, interval = reschedule_cb = 0)	2138	=item * absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
1171		2139
1172	In this configuration the watcher triggers an event at the wallclock time	2140	In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
1173	C<at> and doesn't repeat. It will not adjust when a time jump occurs,	2141	time C<offset> has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
1174	that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it will run when the	2142	time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
1175	system time reaches or surpasses this time.	2143	will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
		2144	this point in time.
1176		2145
1177	=item * non-repeating interval timer (at = offset, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)	2146	=item * repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
1178		2147
1179	In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next	2148	In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
1180	C<at + N * interval> time (for some integer N, which can also be negative)	2149	C<offset + N * interval> time (for some integer N, which can also be
1181	and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps.	2150	negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The C<offset>
		2151	argument is merely an offset into the C<interval> periods.
1182		2152
1183	This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to system	2153	This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
1184	time:	2154	system clock, for example, here is an C<ev_periodic> that triggers each
		2155	hour, on the hour (with respect to UTC):
1185		2156
1186	ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);	2157	ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
1187		2158
1188	This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,	2159	This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
1189	but only that the the callback will be called when the system time shows a	2160	but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
1190	full hour (UTC), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible	2161	full hour (UTC), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
1191	by 3600.	2162	by 3600.
1192		2163
1193	Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that	2164	Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
1194	C<ev_periodic> will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible	2165	C<ev_periodic> will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
1195	time where C<time = at (mod interval)>, regardless of any time jumps.	2166	time where C<time = offset (mod interval)>, regardless of any time jumps.
1196		2167
1197	For numerical stability it is preferable that the C<at> value is near	2168	The C<interval> I<MUST> be positive, and for numerical stability, the
1198	C<ev_now ()> (the current time), but there is no range requirement for	2169	interval value should be higher than C<1/8192> (which is around 100
1199	this value.	2170	microseconds) and C<offset> should be higher than C<0> and should have
		2171	at most a similar magnitude as the current time (say, within a factor of
		2172	ten). Typical values for offset are, in fact, C<0> or something between
		2173	C<0> and C<interval>, which is also the recommended range.
1200		2174
		2175	Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (CPU
		2176	speed for example), so if C<interval> is very small then timing stability
		2177	will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
		2178	millisecond (if the OS supports it and the machine is fast enough).
		2179
1201	=item * manual reschedule mode (at and interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)	2180	=item * manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
1202		2181
1203	In this mode the values for C<interval> and C<at> are both being	2182	In this mode the values for C<interval> and C<offset> are both being
1204	ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the	2183	ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
1205	reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the	2184	reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
1206	current time as second argument.	2185	current time as second argument.
1207		2186
1208	NOTE: I<This callback MUST NOT stop or destroy any periodic watcher,	2187	NOTE: I<This callback MUST NOT stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
1209	ever, or make any event loop modifications>. If you need to stop it,	2188	or make ANY other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
1210	return C<now + 1e30> (or so, fudge fudge) and stop it afterwards (e.g. by	2189	allowed by documentation here>.
1211	starting an C<ev_prepare> watcher, which is legal).
1212		2190
		2191	If you need to stop it, return C<now + 1e30> (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
		2192	it afterwards (e.g. by starting an C<ev_prepare> watcher, which is the
		2193	only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
		2194
1213	Its prototype is C<ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(struct ev_periodic *w,	2195	The callback prototype is C<ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
1214	ev_tstamp now)>, e.g.:	2196	*w, ev_tstamp now)>, e.g.:
1215		2197
		2198	static ev_tstamp
1216	static ev_tstamp my_rescheduler (struct ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)	2199	my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
1217	{	2200	{
1218	return now + 60.;	2201	return now + 60.;
1219	}	2202	}
1220		2203
1221	It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value	2204	It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
1222	(that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It	2205	(that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
1223	will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but	2206	will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
1224	might be called at other times, too.	2207	might be called at other times, too.
1225		2208
1226	NOTE: I<< This callback must always return a time that is later than the	2209	NOTE: I<< This callback must always return a time that is higher than or
1227	passed C<now> value >>. Not even C<now> itself will do, it I<must> be larger.	2210	equal to the passed C<now> value >>.
1228		2211
1229	This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that	2212	This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
1230	triggers on each midnight, local time. To do this, you would calculate the	2213	triggers on "next midnight, local time". To do this, you would calculate the
1231	next midnight after C<now> and return the timestamp value for this. How	2214	next midnight after C<now> and return the timestamp value for this. How
1232	you do this is, again, up to you (but it is not trivial, which is the main	2215	you do this is, again, up to you (but it is not trivial, which is the main
1233	reason I omitted it as an example).	2216	reason I omitted it as an example).
1234		2217
1235	=back	2218	=back
…		…
1239	Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful	2222	Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
1240	when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return	2223	when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
1241	a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like	2224	a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
1242	program when the crontabs have changed).	2225	program when the crontabs have changed).
1243		2226
		2227	=item ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)
		2228
		2229	When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
		2230	to trigger next. This is not the same as the C<offset> argument to
		2231	C<ev_periodic_set>, but indeed works even in interval and manual
		2232	rescheduling modes.
		2233
1244	=item ev_tstamp offset [read-write]	2234	=item ev_tstamp offset [read-write]
1245		2235
1246	When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the	2236	When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
1247	absolute point in time (the C<at> value passed to C<ev_periodic_set>).	2237	absolute point in time (the C<offset> value passed to C<ev_periodic_set>,
		2238	although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
1248		2239
1249	Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic	2240	Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
1250	timer fires or C<ev_periodic_again> is being called.	2241	timer fires or C<ev_periodic_again> is being called.
1251		2242
1252	=item ev_tstamp interval [read-write]	2243	=item ev_tstamp interval [read-write]
1253		2244
1254	The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only	2245	The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
1255	take effect when the periodic timer fires or C<ev_periodic_again> is being	2246	take effect when the periodic timer fires or C<ev_periodic_again> is being
1256	called.	2247	called.
1257		2248
1258	=item ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(struct ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]	2249	=item ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]
1259		2250
1260	The current reschedule callback, or C<0>, if this functionality is	2251	The current reschedule callback, or C<0>, if this functionality is
1261	switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when	2252	switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
1262	the periodic timer fires or C<ev_periodic_again> is being called.	2253	the periodic timer fires or C<ev_periodic_again> is being called.
1263		2254
1264	=item ev_tstamp at [read-only]
1265
1266	When active, contains the absolute time that the watcher is supposed to
1267	trigger next.
1268
1269	=back	2255	=back
1270		2256
		2257	=head3 Examples
		2258
1271	Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the	2259	Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
1272	system clock is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have	2260	system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
1273	potentially a lot of jittering, but good long-term stability.	2261	potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
1274		2262
1275	static void	2263	static void
1276	clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, struct ev_io *w, int revents)	2264	clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
1277	{	2265	{
1278	... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)	2266	... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
1279	}	2267	}
1280		2268
1281	struct ev_periodic hourly_tick;	2269	ev_periodic hourly_tick;
1282	ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);	2270	ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
1283	ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);	2271	ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
1284		2272
1285	Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:	2273	Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
1286		2274
1287	#include <math.h>	2275	#include <math.h>
1288		2276
1289	static ev_tstamp	2277	static ev_tstamp
1290	my_scheduler_cb (struct ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)	2278	my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
1291	{	2279	{
1292	return fmod (now, 3600.) + 3600.;	2280	return now + (3600. - fmod (now, 3600.));
1293	}	2281	}
1294		2282
1295	ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);	2283	ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
1296		2284
1297	Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:	2285	Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
1298		2286
1299	struct ev_periodic hourly_tick;	2287	ev_periodic hourly_tick;
1300	ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,	2288	ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
1301	fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);	2289	fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
1302	ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);	2290	ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
1303		2291
1304		2292
1305	=head2 C<ev_signal> - signal me when a signal gets signalled!	2293	=head2 C<ev_signal> - signal me when a signal gets signalled!
1306		2294
1307	Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific	2295	Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
1308	signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev	2296	signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
1309	will try it's best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the	2297	will try its best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
1310	normal event processing, like any other event.	2298	normal event processing, like any other event.
1311		2299
		2300	If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
		2301	C<sigaction> as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
		2302	the signal. You can even use C<ev_async> from a signal handler to
		2303	synchronously wake up an event loop.
		2304
1312	You can configure as many watchers as you like per signal. Only when the	2305	You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
		2306	only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for C<SIGINT> in your
		2307	default loop and for C<SIGIO> in another loop, but you cannot watch for
		2308	C<SIGINT> in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
		2309	the moment, C<SIGCHLD> is permanently tied to the default loop.
		2310
1313	first watcher gets started will libev actually register a signal watcher	2311	When the first watcher gets started will libev actually register something
1314	with the kernel (thus it coexists with your own signal handlers as long	2312	with the kernel (thus it coexists with your own signal handlers as long as
1315	as you don't register any with libev). Similarly, when the last signal	2313	you don't register any with libev for the same signal).
1316	watcher for a signal is stopped libev will reset the signal handler to	2314
1317	SIG_DFL (regardless of what it was set to before).	2315	If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
		2316	C<SA_RESTART> (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
		2317	not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
		2318	interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an C<ev_check> watcher
		2319	and unblock them in an C<ev_prepare> watcher.
		2320
		2321	=head3 The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create
		2322
		2323	Both the signal mask (C<sigprocmask>) and the signal disposition
		2324	(C<sigaction>) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
		2325	stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
		2326	and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler (but
		2327	see C<EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK>).
		2328
		2329	While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
		2330	sets signals to C<SIG_IGN>, so handlers will be reset to C<SIG_DFL> on
		2331	C<execve>), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
		2332	certain signals to be blocked.
		2333
		2334	This means that before calling C<exec> (from the child) you should reset
		2335	the signal mask to whatever "default" you expect (all clear is a good
		2336	choice usually).
		2337
		2338	The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
		2339	to install a fork handler with C<pthread_atfork> that resets it. That will
		2340	catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
		2341
		2342	In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
		2343	unless you use the C<signalfd> API (C<EV_SIGNALFD>). While this reduces
		2344	the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
		2345	I<has> to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
		2346
		2347	So I can't stress this enough: I<If you do not reset your signal mask when
		2348	you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code>. This
		2349	is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
		2350
		2351	=head3 The special problem of threads signal handling
		2352
		2353	POSIX threads has problematic signal handling semantics, specifically,
		2354	a lot of functionality (sigfd, sigwait etc.) only really works if all
		2355	threads in a process block signals, which is hard to achieve.
		2356
		2357	When you want to use sigwait (or mix libev signal handling with your own
		2358	for the same signals), you can tackle this problem by globally blocking
		2359	all signals before creating any threads (or creating them with a fully set
		2360	sigprocmask) and also specifying the C<EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK> when creating
		2361	loops. Then designate one thread as "signal receiver thread" which handles
		2362	these signals. You can pass on any signals that libev might be interested
		2363	in by calling C<ev_feed_signal>.
1318		2364
1319	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members	2365	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members
1320		2366
1321	=over 4	2367	=over 4
1322		2368
…		…
1331		2377
1332	The signal the watcher watches out for.	2378	The signal the watcher watches out for.
1333		2379
1334	=back	2380	=back
1335		2381
		2382	=head3 Examples
		2383
		2384	Example: Try to exit cleanly on SIGINT.
		2385
		2386	static void
		2387	sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
		2388	{
		2389	ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
		2390	}
		2391
		2392	ev_signal signal_watcher;
		2393	ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
		2394	ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
		2395
1336		2396
1337	=head2 C<ev_child> - watch out for process status changes	2397	=head2 C<ev_child> - watch out for process status changes
1338		2398
1339	Child watchers trigger when your process receives a SIGCHLD in response to	2399	Child watchers trigger when your process receives a SIGCHLD in response to
1340	some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies).	2400	some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
		2401	exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher I<after> the child
		2402	has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
		2403	as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
		2404	forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
		2405	but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
		2406	in the next callback invocation is not.
		2407
		2408	Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
		2409	you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
		2410
		2411	Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
		2412	handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to C<EV_MAXPRI> by
		2413	libev)
		2414
		2415	=head3 Process Interaction
		2416
		2417	Libev grabs C<SIGCHLD> as soon as the default event loop is
		2418	initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
		2419	first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
		2420	of C<SIGCHLD> is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
		2421	synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
		2422	children, even ones not watched.
		2423
		2424	=head3 Overriding the Built-In Processing
		2425
		2426	Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
		2427	processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
		2428	handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
		2429	C<SIGCHLD> after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
		2430	default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
		2431	event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
		2432	that, so other libev users can use C<ev_child> watchers freely.
		2433
		2434	=head3 Stopping the Child Watcher
		2435
		2436	Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
		2437	child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
		2438	callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
		2439	when a child exit is detected (calling C<ev_child_stop> twice is not a
		2440	problem).
1341		2441
1342	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members	2442	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members
1343		2443
1344	=over 4	2444	=over 4
1345		2445
1346	=item ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid)	2446	=item ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)
1347		2447
1348	=item ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid)	2448	=item ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)
1349		2449
1350	Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process C<pid> (or	2450	Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process C<pid> (or
1351	I<any> process if C<pid> is specified as C<0>). The callback can look	2451	I<any> process if C<pid> is specified as C<0>). The callback can look
1352	at the C<rstatus> member of the C<ev_child> watcher structure to see	2452	at the C<rstatus> member of the C<ev_child> watcher structure to see
1353	the status word (use the macros from C<sys/wait.h> and see your systems	2453	the status word (use the macros from C<sys/wait.h> and see your systems
1354	C<waitpid> documentation). The C<rpid> member contains the pid of the	2454	C<waitpid> documentation). The C<rpid> member contains the pid of the
1355	process causing the status change.	2455	process causing the status change. C<trace> must be either C<0> (only
		2456	activate the watcher when the process terminates) or C<1> (additionally
		2457	activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
1356		2458
1357	=item int pid [read-only]	2459	=item int pid [read-only]
1358		2460
1359	The process id this watcher watches out for, or C<0>, meaning any process id.	2461	The process id this watcher watches out for, or C<0>, meaning any process id.
1360		2462
…		…
1367	The process exit/trace status caused by C<rpid> (see your systems	2469	The process exit/trace status caused by C<rpid> (see your systems
1368	C<waitpid> and C<sys/wait.h> documentation for details).	2470	C<waitpid> and C<sys/wait.h> documentation for details).
1369		2471
1370	=back	2472	=back
1371		2473
1372	Example: Try to exit cleanly on SIGINT and SIGTERM.	2474	=head3 Examples
1373		2475
		2476	Example: C<fork()> a new process and install a child handler to wait for
		2477	its completion.
		2478
		2479	ev_child cw;
		2480
1374	static void	2481	static void
1375	sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, struct ev_signal *w, int revents)	2482	child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
1376	{	2483	{
1377	ev_unloop (loop, EVUNLOOP_ALL);	2484	ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
		2485	printf ("process %d exited with status %x\n", w->rpid, w->rstatus);
1378	}	2486	}
1379		2487
1380	struct ev_signal signal_watcher;	2488	pid_t pid = fork ();
1381	ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);	2489
1382	ev_signal_start (loop, &sigint_cb);	2490	if (pid < 0)
		2491	// error
		2492	else if (pid == 0)
		2493	{
		2494	// the forked child executes here
		2495	exit (1);
		2496	}
		2497	else
		2498	{
		2499	ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
		2500	ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
		2501	}
1383		2502
1384		2503
1385	=head2 C<ev_stat> - did the file attributes just change?	2504	=head2 C<ev_stat> - did the file attributes just change?
1386		2505
1387	This watches a filesystem path for attribute changes. That is, it calls	2506	This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
1388	C<stat> regularly (or when the OS says it changed) and sees if it changed	2507	C<stat> on that path in regular intervals (or when the OS says it changed)
1389	compared to the last time, invoking the callback if it did.	2508	and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback if
		2509	it did.
1390		2510
1391	The path does not need to exist: changing from "path exists" to "path does	2511	The path does not need to exist: changing from "path exists" to "path does
1392	not exist" is a status change like any other. The condition "path does	2512	not exist" is a status change like any other. The condition "path does not
1393	not exist" is signified by the C<st_nlink> field being zero (which is	2513	exist" (or more correctly "path cannot be stat'ed") is signified by the
1394	otherwise always forced to be at least one) and all the other fields of	2514	C<st_nlink> field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
1395	the stat buffer having unspecified contents.	2515	least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
		2516	contents.
1396		2517
1397	The path I<should> be absolute and I<must not> end in a slash. If it is	2518	The path I<must not> end in a slash or contain special components such as
		2519	C<.> or C<..>. The path I<should> be absolute: If it is relative and
1398	relative and your working directory changes, the behaviour is undefined.	2520	your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
1399		2521
1400	Since there is no standard to do this, the portable implementation simply	2522	Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
1401	calls C<stat (2)> regularly on the path to see if it changed somehow. You	2523	portable implementation simply calls C<stat(2)> regularly on the path
1402	can specify a recommended polling interval for this case. If you specify	2524	to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
1403	a polling interval of C<0> (highly recommended!) then a I<suitable,	2525	interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of C<0> (highly
1404	unspecified default> value will be used (which you can expect to be around	2526	recommended!) then a I<suitable, unspecified default> value will be used
1405	five seconds, although this might change dynamically). Libev will also	2527	(which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
1406	impose a minimum interval which is currently around C<0.1>, but thats	2528	change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
1407	usually overkill.	2529	currently around C<0.1>, but that's usually overkill.
1408		2530
1409	This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,	2531	This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
1410	as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be	2532	as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
1411	resource-intensive.	2533	resource-intensive.
1412		2534
1413	At the time of this writing, only the Linux inotify interface is	2535	At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
1414	implemented (implementing kqueue support is left as an exercise for the	2536	is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
1415	reader). Inotify will be used to give hints only and should not change the	2537	exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
1416	semantics of C<ev_stat> watchers, which means that libev sometimes needs	2538	implementing C<ev_stat> semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
1417	to fall back to regular polling again even with inotify, but changes are	2539
1418	usually detected immediately, and if the file exists there will be no	2540	=head3 ABI Issues (Largefile Support)
1419	polling.	2541
		2542	Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
		2543	compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
		2544	support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
		2545	structure. When using the library from programs that change the ABI to
		2546	use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
		2547	compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
		2548	obviously the case with any flags that change the ABI, but the problem is
		2549	most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
		2550
		2551	The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
		2552	file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
		2553	optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
		2554	to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
		2555	default compilation environment.
		2556
		2557	=head3 Inotify and Kqueue
		2558
		2559	When C<inotify (7)> support has been compiled into libev and present at
		2560	runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
		2561	inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first C<ev_stat>
		2562	watcher is being started.
		2563
		2564	Inotify presence does not change the semantics of C<ev_stat> watchers
		2565	except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
		2566	making regular C<stat> calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
		2567	there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular C<stat> polling,
		2568	but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
		2569	many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
		2570	a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
		2571	xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
		2572
		2573	There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
		2574	implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
		2575	descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
		2576	etc. is difficult.
		2577
		2578	=head3 C<stat ()> is a synchronous operation
		2579
		2580	Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
		2581	the process. The exception are C<ev_stat> watchers - those call C<stat
		2582	()>, which is a synchronous operation.
		2583
		2584	For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
		2585	busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
		2586	as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
		2587	watcher).
		2588
		2589	For networked file systems, calling C<stat ()> can block an indefinite
		2590	time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
		2591	often takes multiple milliseconds.
		2592
		2593	Therefore, it is best to avoid using C<ev_stat> watchers on networked
		2594	paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
		2595
		2596	=head3 The special problem of stat time resolution
		2597
		2598	The C<stat ()> system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
		2599	and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
		2600	still only support whole seconds.
		2601
		2602	That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
		2603	easily miss updates: on the first update, C<ev_stat> detects a change and
		2604	calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
		2605	within the same second, C<ev_stat> will be unable to detect unless the
		2606	stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
		2607
		2608	The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
		2609	than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
		2610	a roughly one-second-delay C<ev_timer> (e.g. C<ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
		2611	ev_timer_again (loop, w)>).
		2612
		2613	The C<.02> offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
		2614	of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
		2615	might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
		2616	C<gettimeofday> might return a timestamp with a full second later than
		2617	a subsequent C<time> call - if the equivalent of C<time ()> is used to
		2618	update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
		2619	the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
		2620	the timer callback).
1420		2621
1421	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members	2622	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members
1422		2623
1423	=over 4	2624	=over 4
1424		2625
…		…
1430	C<path>. The C<interval> is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to	2631	C<path>. The C<interval> is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
1431	be detected and should normally be specified as C<0> to let libev choose	2632	be detected and should normally be specified as C<0> to let libev choose
1432	a suitable value. The memory pointed to by C<path> must point to the same	2633	a suitable value. The memory pointed to by C<path> must point to the same
1433	path for as long as the watcher is active.	2634	path for as long as the watcher is active.
1434		2635
1435	The callback will be receive C<EV_STAT> when a change was detected,	2636	The callback will receive an C<EV_STAT> event when a change was detected,
1436	relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the	2637	relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
1437	last change was detected).	2638	last change was detected).
1438		2639
1439	=item ev_stat_stat (ev_stat *)	2640	=item ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)
1440		2641
1441	Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the	2642	Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
1442	watched path in your callback, you could call this fucntion to avoid	2643	watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
1443	detecting this change (while introducing a race condition). Can also be	2644	detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
1444	useful simply to find out the new values.	2645	the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
		2646	new values.
1445		2647
1446	=item ev_statdata attr [read-only]	2648	=item ev_statdata attr [read-only]
1447		2649
1448	The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is of	2650	The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
1449	C<ev_statdata>, this is usually the (or one of the) C<struct stat> types	2651	C<ev_statdata>, this is usually the (or one of the) C<struct stat> types
1450	suitable for your system. If the C<st_nlink> member is C<0>, then there	2652	suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
		2653	members to be present. If the C<st_nlink> member is C<0>, then there was
1451	was some error while C<stat>ing the file.	2654	some error while C<stat>ing the file.
1452		2655
1453	=item ev_statdata prev [read-only]	2656	=item ev_statdata prev [read-only]
1454		2657
1455	The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever	2658	The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
1456	C<prev> != C<attr>.	2659	C<prev> != C<attr>, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
		2660	differ: C<st_dev>, C<st_ino>, C<st_mode>, C<st_nlink>, C<st_uid>,
		2661	C<st_gid>, C<st_rdev>, C<st_size>, C<st_atime>, C<st_mtime>, C<st_ctime>.
1457		2662
1458	=item ev_tstamp interval [read-only]	2663	=item ev_tstamp interval [read-only]
1459		2664
1460	The specified interval.	2665	The specified interval.
1461		2666
1462	=item const char *path [read-only]	2667	=item const char *path [read-only]
1463		2668
1464	The filesystem path that is being watched.	2669	The file system path that is being watched.
1465		2670
1466	=back	2671	=back
1467		2672
		2673	=head3 Examples
		2674
1468	Example: Watch C</etc/passwd> for attribute changes.	2675	Example: Watch C</etc/passwd> for attribute changes.
1469		2676
1470	static void	2677	static void
1471	passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)	2678	passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
1472	{	2679	{
1473	/* /etc/passwd changed in some way */	2680	/* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
1474	if (w->attr.st_nlink)	2681	if (w->attr.st_nlink)
1475	{	2682	{
1476	printf ("passwd current size %ld\n", (long)w->attr.st_size);	2683	printf ("passwd current size %ld\n", (long)w->attr.st_size);
1477	printf ("passwd current atime %ld\n", (long)w->attr.st_mtime);	2684	printf ("passwd current atime %ld\n", (long)w->attr.st_mtime);
1478	printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\n", (long)w->attr.st_mtime);	2685	printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\n", (long)w->attr.st_mtime);
1479	}	2686	}
1480	else	2687	else
1481	/* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */	2688	/* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
1482	puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "	2689	puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
1483	"if this is windows, they already arrived\n");	2690	"if this is windows, they already arrived\n");
1484	}	2691	}
1485		2692
1486	...	2693	...
1487	ev_stat passwd;	2694	ev_stat passwd;
1488		2695
1489	ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd");	2696	ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
1490	ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);	2697	ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
		2698
		2699	Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
		2700	miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
		2701	one might do the work both on C<ev_stat> callback invocation I<and> on
		2702	C<ev_timer> callback invocation).
		2703
		2704	static ev_stat passwd;
		2705	static ev_timer timer;
		2706
		2707	static void
		2708	timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
		2709	{
		2710	ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
		2711
		2712	/* now it's one second after the most recent passwd change */
		2713	}
		2714
		2715	static void
		2716	stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
		2717	{
		2718	/* reset the one-second timer */
		2719	ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
		2720	}
		2721
		2722	...
		2723	ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
		2724	ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
		2725	ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
1491		2726
1492		2727
1493	=head2 C<ev_idle> - when you've got nothing better to do...	2728	=head2 C<ev_idle> - when you've got nothing better to do...
1494		2729
1495	Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher	2730	Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
1496	priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not	2731	priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
1497	count).	2732	as receiving "events").
1498		2733
1499	That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts	2734	That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
1500	(or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be	2735	(or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
1501	triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers	2736	triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
1502	are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop	2737	are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
…		…
1513		2748
1514	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members	2749	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members
1515		2750
1516	=over 4	2751	=over 4
1517		2752
1518	=item ev_idle_init (ev_signal *, callback)	2753	=item ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)
1519		2754
1520	Initialises and configures the idle watcher - it has no parameters of any	2755	Initialises and configures the idle watcher - it has no parameters of any
1521	kind. There is a C<ev_idle_set> macro, but using it is utterly pointless,	2756	kind. There is a C<ev_idle_set> macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
1522	believe me.	2757	believe me.
1523		2758
1524	=back	2759	=back
1525		2760
		2761	=head3 Examples
		2762
1526	Example: Dynamically allocate an C<ev_idle> watcher, start it, and in the	2763	Example: Dynamically allocate an C<ev_idle> watcher, start it, and in the
1527	callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.	2764	callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
1528		2765
1529	static void	2766	static void
1530	idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, struct ev_idle *w, int revents)	2767	idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
1531	{	2768	{
1532	free (w);	2769	free (w);
1533	// now do something you wanted to do when the program has	2770	// now do something you wanted to do when the program has
1534	// no longer asnything immediate to do.	2771	// no longer anything immediate to do.
1535	}	2772	}
1536		2773
1537	struct ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (struct ev_idle));	2774	ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
1538	ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);	2775	ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
1539	ev_idle_start (loop, idle_cb);	2776	ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
1540		2777
1541		2778
1542	=head2 C<ev_prepare> and C<ev_check> - customise your event loop!	2779	=head2 C<ev_prepare> and C<ev_check> - customise your event loop!
1543		2780
1544	Prepare and check watchers are usually (but not always) used in tandem:	2781	Prepare and check watchers are usually (but not always) used in pairs:
1545	prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers	2782	prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
1546	afterwards.	2783	afterwards.
1547		2784
1548	You I<must not> call C<ev_loop> or similar functions that enter	2785	You I<must not> call C<ev_run> or similar functions that enter
1549	the current event loop from either C<ev_prepare> or C<ev_check>	2786	the current event loop from either C<ev_prepare> or C<ev_check>
1550	watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine, however. The	2787	watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine, however. The
1551	rationale behind this is that you do not need to check for recursion in	2788	rationale behind this is that you do not need to check for recursion in
1552	those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be C<ev_prepare>, blocking,	2789	those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be C<ev_prepare>, blocking,
1553	C<ev_check> so if you have one watcher of each kind they will always be	2790	C<ev_check> so if you have one watcher of each kind they will always be
1554	called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.	2791	called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
1555		2792
1556	Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and	2793	Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
1557	their use is somewhat advanced. This could be used, for example, to track	2794	their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
1558	variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a	2795	variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
1559	coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if	2796	coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
1560	you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,	2797	you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
1561	in X programs you might want to do an C<XFlush ()> in an C<ev_prepare>	2798	in X programs you might want to do an C<XFlush ()> in an C<ev_prepare>
1562	watcher).	2799	watcher).
1563		2800
1564	This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors need	2801	This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
1565	to be watched by the other library, registering C<ev_io> watchers for	2802	need to be watched by the other library, registering C<ev_io> watchers
1566	them and starting an C<ev_timer> watcher for any timeouts (many libraries	2803	for them and starting an C<ev_timer> watcher for any timeouts (many
1567	provide just this functionality). Then, in the check watcher you check for	2804	libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
1568	any events that occured (by checking the pending status of all watchers	2805	you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
1569	and stopping them) and call back into the library. The I/O and timer	2806	of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
1570	callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid nevertheless,	2807	I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
1571	because you never know, you know?).	2808	nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
1572		2809
1573	As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate	2810	As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
1574	coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines	2811	coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
1575	during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines	2812	during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
1576	are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines	2813	are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
…		…
1579	loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping	2816	loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
1580	low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).	2817	low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
1581		2818
1582	It is recommended to give C<ev_check> watchers highest (C<EV_MAXPRI>)	2819	It is recommended to give C<ev_check> watchers highest (C<EV_MAXPRI>)
1583	priority, to ensure that they are being run before any other watchers	2820	priority, to ensure that they are being run before any other watchers
		2821	after the poll (this doesn't matter for C<ev_prepare> watchers).
		2822
1584	after the poll. Also, C<ev_check> watchers (and C<ev_prepare> watchers,	2823	Also, C<ev_check> watchers (and C<ev_prepare> watchers, too) should not
1585	too) should not activate ("feed") events into libev. While libev fully	2824	activate ("feed") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
1586	supports this, they will be called before other C<ev_check> watchers did	2825	might get executed before other C<ev_check> watchers did their job. As
1587	their job. As C<ev_check> watchers are often used to embed other event	2826	C<ev_check> watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
1588	loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their	2827	loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
1589	C<ev_check> watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with	2828	C<ev_check> watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
1590	others).	2829	others).
1591		2830
1592	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members	2831	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members
…		…
1597		2836
1598	=item ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)	2837	=item ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)
1599		2838
1600	Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher - they have no	2839	Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher - they have no
1601	parameters of any kind. There are C<ev_prepare_set> and C<ev_check_set>	2840	parameters of any kind. There are C<ev_prepare_set> and C<ev_check_set>
1602	macros, but using them is utterly, utterly and completely pointless.	2841	macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
		2842	pointless.
1603		2843
1604	=back	2844	=back
		2845
		2846	=head3 Examples
1605		2847
1606	There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules	2848	There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
1607	into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev	2849	into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
1608	(there is a Perl module named C<EV::ADNS> that does this, which you could	2850	(there is a Perl module named C<EV::ADNS> that does this, which you could
1609	use for an actually working example. Another Perl module named C<EV::Glib>	2851	use as a working example. Another Perl module named C<EV::Glib> embeds a
1610	embeds a Glib main context into libev, and finally, C<Glib::EV> embeds EV	2852	Glib main context into libev, and finally, C<Glib::EV> embeds EV into the
1611	into the Glib event loop).	2853	Glib event loop).
1612		2854
1613	Method 1: Add IO watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,	2855	Method 1: Add IO watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
1614	and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows	2856	and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
1615	is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low	2857	is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
1616	priority for the check watcher or use C<ev_clear_pending> explicitly, as	2858	priority for the check watcher or use C<ev_clear_pending> explicitly, as
1617	the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.	2859	the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
1618		2860
1619	static ev_io iow [nfd];	2861	static ev_io iow [nfd];
1620	static ev_timer tw;	2862	static ev_timer tw;
1621		2863
1622	static void	2864	static void
1623	io_cb (ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)	2865	io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1624	{	2866	{
1625	}	2867	}
1626		2868
1627	// create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking	2869	// create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
1628	static void	2870	static void
1629	adns_prepare_cb (ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)	2871	adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
1630	{	2872	{
1631	int timeout = 3600000;	2873	int timeout = 3600000;
1632	struct pollfd fds [nfd];	2874	struct pollfd fds [nfd];
1633	// actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.	2875	// actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
1634	adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));	2876	adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
1635		2877
1636	/* the callback is illegal, but won't be called as we stop during check */	2878	/* the callback is illegal, but won't be called as we stop during check */
1637	ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e-3);	2879	ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e-3, 0.);
1638	ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);	2880	ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
1639		2881
1640	// create one ev_io per pollfd	2882	// create one ev_io per pollfd
1641	for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)	2883	for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
1642	{	2884	{
1643	ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,	2885	ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
1644	((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)	2886	((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
1645	| (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));	2887	| (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
1646		2888
1647	fds [i].revents = 0;	2889	fds [i].revents = 0;
1648	ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);	2890	ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
1649	}	2891	}
1650	}	2892	}
1651		2893
1652	// stop all watchers after blocking	2894	// stop all watchers after blocking
1653	static void	2895	static void
1654	adns_check_cb (ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)	2896	adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
1655	{	2897	{
1656	ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);	2898	ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
1657		2899
1658	for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)	2900	for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
1659	{	2901	{
1660	// set the relevant poll flags	2902	// set the relevant poll flags
1661	// could also call adns_processreadable etc. here	2903	// could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
1662	struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;	2904	struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
1663	int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);	2905	int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
1664	if (revents & EV_READ ) fd->revents |= fd->events & POLLIN;	2906	if (revents & EV_READ ) fd->revents |= fd->events & POLLIN;
1665	if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd->revents |= fd->events & POLLOUT;	2907	if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd->revents |= fd->events & POLLOUT;
1666		2908
1667	// now stop the watcher	2909	// now stop the watcher
1668	ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);	2910	ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
1669	}	2911	}
1670		2912
1671	adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));	2913	adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
1672	}	2914	}
1673		2915
1674	Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run C<adns_afterpoll>	2916	Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run C<adns_afterpoll>
1675	in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.	2917	in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
1676		2918
1677	Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event	2919	Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
1678	notification (adns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher	2920	notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
1679	callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.	2921	callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
1680		2922
1681	static void	2923	static void
1682	timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)	2924	timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
1683	{	2925	{
1684	adns_state ads = (adns_state)w->data;	2926	adns_state ads = (adns_state)w->data;
1685	update_now (EV_A);	2927	update_now (EV_A);
1686		2928
1687	adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);	2929	adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
1688	}	2930	}
1689		2931
1690	static void	2932	static void
1691	io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)	2933	io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1692	{	2934	{
1693	adns_state ads = (adns_state)w->data;	2935	adns_state ads = (adns_state)w->data;
1694	update_now (EV_A);	2936	update_now (EV_A);
1695		2937
1696	if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w->fd, &tv_now);	2938	if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w->fd, &tv_now);
1697	if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w->fd, &tv_now);	2939	if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w->fd, &tv_now);
1698	}	2940	}
1699		2941
1700	// do not ever call adns_afterpoll	2942	// do not ever call adns_afterpoll
1701		2943
1702	Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you	2944	Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
1703	want to embed is too inflexible to support it. Instead, youc na override	2945	want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
1704	their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the main	2946	override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
1705	loop is now no longer controllable by EV. The C<Glib::EV> module does	2947	main loop is now no longer controllable by EV. The C<Glib::EV> module uses
1706	this.	2948	this approach, effectively embedding EV as a client into the horrible
		2949	libglib event loop.
1707		2950
1708	static gint	2951	static gint
1709	event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)	2952	event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
1710	{	2953	{
1711	int got_events = 0;	2954	int got_events = 0;
1712		2955
1713	for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)	2956	for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
1714	// create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events	2957	// create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
1715		2958
1716	if (timeout >= 0)	2959	if (timeout >= 0)
1717	// create/start timer	2960	// create/start timer
1718		2961
1719	// poll	2962	// poll
1720	ev_loop (EV_A_ 0);	2963	ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
1721		2964
1722	// stop timer again	2965	// stop timer again
1723	if (timeout >= 0)	2966	if (timeout >= 0)
1724	ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);	2967	ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
1725		2968
1726	// stop io watchers again - their callbacks should have set	2969	// stop io watchers again - their callbacks should have set
1727	for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)	2970	for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
1728	ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);	2971	ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
1729		2972
1730	return got_events;	2973	return got_events;
1731	}	2974	}
1732		2975
1733		2976
1734	=head2 C<ev_embed> - when one backend isn't enough...	2977	=head2 C<ev_embed> - when one backend isn't enough...
1735		2978
1736	This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop	2979	This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
1737	into another (currently only C<ev_io> events are supported in the embedded	2980	into another (currently only C<ev_io> events are supported in the embedded
1738	loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect	2981	loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
1739	fashion and must not be used). (See portability notes, below).	2982	fashion and must not be used).
1740		2983
1741	There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and	2984	There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
1742	prioritise I/O.	2985	prioritise I/O.
1743		2986
1744	As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support	2987	As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
1745	sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you	2988	sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
1746	still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales	2989	still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
1747	so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed it	2990	so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
1748	into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation will	2991	it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
1749	be a bit slower because first libev has to poll and then call kevent, but	2992	will be a bit slower because first libev has to call C<poll> and then
1750	at least you can use both at what they are best.	2993	C<kevent>, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
		2994	best: C<kqueue> for scalable sockets and C<poll> if you want it to work :)
1751		2995
1752	As for prioritising I/O: rarely you have the case where some fds have	2996	As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
1753	to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency), and even	2997	some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
1754	priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In this case	2998	and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
1755	you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all the rest in	2999	this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
1756	a second one, and embed the second one in the first.	3000	the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
1757		3001
1758	As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every time	3002	As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
1759	there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback must then	3003	time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
1760	call C<ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)> to make a single sweep and invoke	3004	must then call C<ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)> to make a single
1761	their callbacks (you could also start an idle watcher to give the embedded	3005	sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
1762	loop strictly lower priority for example). You can also set the callback	3006	C<ev_embed_sweep> function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
1763	to C<0>, in which case the embed watcher will automatically execute the	3007	to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
1764	embedded loop sweep.
1765		3008
1766	As long as the watcher is started it will automatically handle events. The	3009	You can also set the callback to C<0>, in which case the embed watcher
1767	callback will be invoked whenever some events have been handled. You can	3010	will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
1768	set the callback to C<0> to avoid having to specify one if you are not
1769	interested in that.
1770		3011
1771	Also, there have not currently been made special provisions for forking:	3012	Fork detection will be handled transparently while the C<ev_embed> watcher
1772	when you fork, you not only have to call C<ev_loop_fork> on both loops,	3013	is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
1773	but you will also have to stop and restart any C<ev_embed> watchers	3014	embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
1774	yourself.	3015	C<ev_loop_fork> on the embedded loop.
1775		3016
1776	Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable, only the ones returned by	3017	Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
1777	C<ev_embeddable_backends> are, which, unfortunately, does not include any	3018	C<ev_embeddable_backends> are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
1778	portable one.	3019	portable one.
1779		3020
1780	So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared	3021	So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
1781	that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around	3022	that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
1782	this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to	3023	this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
1783	create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything:	3024	create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
1784		3025
1785	struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);	3026	=head3 C<ev_embed> and fork
1786	struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
1787	struct ev_embed embed;
1788
1789	// see if there is a chance of getting one that works
1790	// (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
1791	loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
1792	? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
1793	: 0;
1794		3027
1795	// if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi	3028	While the C<ev_embed> watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
1796	if (loop_lo)	3029	automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
1797	{	3030	fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
1798	ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);	3031	however, it is still the task of the libev user to call C<ev_loop_fork ()>
1799	ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);	3032	as applicable.
1800	}
1801	else
1802	loop_lo = loop_hi;
1803
1804	=head2 Portability notes
1805
1806	Kqueue is nominally embeddable, but this is broken on all BSDs that I
1807	tried, in various ways. Usually the embedded event loop will simply never
1808	receive events, sometimes it will only trigger a few times, sometimes in a
1809	loop. Epoll is also nominally embeddable, but many Linux kernel versions
1810	will always eport the epoll fd as ready, even when no events are pending.
1811
1812	While libev allows embedding these backends (they are contained in
1813	C<ev_embeddable_backends ()>), take extreme care that it will actually
1814	work.
1815
1816	When in doubt, create a dynamic event loop forced to use sockets (this
1817	usually works) and possibly another thread and a pipe or so to report to
1818	your main event loop.
1819		3033
1820	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members	3034	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members
1821		3035
1822	=over 4	3036	=over 4
1823		3037
…		…
1827		3041
1828	Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be	3042	Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
1829	embeddable. If the callback is C<0>, then C<ev_embed_sweep> will be	3043	embeddable. If the callback is C<0>, then C<ev_embed_sweep> will be
1830	invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback	3044	invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
1831	to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,	3045	to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
1832	if you do not want thta, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).	3046	if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
1833		3047
1834	=item ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)	3048	=item ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)
1835		3049
1836	Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works	3050	Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
1837	similarly to C<ev_loop (embedded_loop, EVLOOP_NONBLOCK)>, but in the most	3051	similarly to C<ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)>, but in the most
1838	apropriate way for embedded loops.	3052	appropriate way for embedded loops.
1839		3053
1840	=item struct ev_loop *other [read-only]	3054	=item struct ev_loop *other [read-only]
1841		3055
1842	The embedded event loop.	3056	The embedded event loop.
1843		3057
1844	=back	3058	=back
		3059
		3060	=head3 Examples
		3061
		3062	Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
		3063	event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
		3064	loop is stored in C<loop_hi>, while the embeddable loop is stored in
		3065	C<loop_lo> (which is C<loop_hi> in the case no embeddable loop can be
		3066	used).
		3067
		3068	struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
		3069	struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
		3070	ev_embed embed;
		3071
		3072	// see if there is a chance of getting one that works
		3073	// (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
		3074	loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
		3075	? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
		3076	: 0;
		3077
		3078	// if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
		3079	if (loop_lo)
		3080	{
		3081	ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
		3082	ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
		3083	}
		3084	else
		3085	loop_lo = loop_hi;
		3086
		3087	Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
		3088	a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
		3089	kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket-only event loop in
		3090	C<loop_socket>. (One might optionally use C<EVFLAG_NOENV>, too).
		3091
		3092	struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
		3093	struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
		3094	ev_embed embed;
		3095
		3096	if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
		3097	if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
		3098	{
		3099	ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
		3100	ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
		3101	}
		3102
		3103	if (!loop_socket)
		3104	loop_socket = loop;
		3105
		3106	// now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
1845		3107
1846		3108
1847	=head2 C<ev_fork> - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork	3109	=head2 C<ev_fork> - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork
1848		3110
1849	Fork watchers are called when a C<fork ()> was detected (usually because	3111	Fork watchers are called when a C<fork ()> was detected (usually because
…		…
1852	event loop blocks next and before C<ev_check> watchers are being called,	3114	event loop blocks next and before C<ev_check> watchers are being called,
1853	and only in the child after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling	3115	and only in the child after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling
1854	C<ev_default_fork> cheats and calls it in the wrong process, the fork	3116	C<ev_default_fork> cheats and calls it in the wrong process, the fork
1855	handlers will be invoked, too, of course.	3117	handlers will be invoked, too, of course.
1856		3118
		3119	=head3 The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?
		3120
		3121	Most uses of C<fork()> consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
		3122	up/change the process environment, followed by a call to C<exec()>. This
		3123	sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
		3124
		3125	This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
		3126	in the child, or both parent in child, in effect "continuing" after the
		3127	fork.
		3128
		3129	The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
		3130	forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
		3131	when I<either> the parent I<or> the child process continues.
		3132
		3133	When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
		3134	wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
		3135	supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
		3136	process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
		3137
		3138	The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
		3139	simply create a new event loop, which of course will be "empty", and
		3140	use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
		3141	memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
		3142	disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
		3143	signal watchers).
		3144
		3145	When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
		3146	other reasons, then in the process that wants to start "fresh", call
		3147	C<ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)> followed by C<ev_default_loop (...)>.
		3148	Destroying the default loop will "orphan" (not stop) all registered
		3149	watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
		3150	those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
		3151	signal watchers.
		3152
1857	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members	3153	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members
1858		3154
1859	=over 4	3155	=over 4
1860		3156
1861	=item ev_fork_init (ev_signal *, callback)	3157	=item ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)
1862		3158
1863	Initialises and configures the fork watcher - it has no parameters of any	3159	Initialises and configures the fork watcher - it has no parameters of any
1864	kind. There is a C<ev_fork_set> macro, but using it is utterly pointless,	3160	kind. There is a C<ev_fork_set> macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
1865	believe me.	3161	really.
1866		3162
1867	=back	3163	=back
1868		3164
1869		3165
		3166	=head2 C<ev_cleanup> - even the best things end
		3167
		3168	Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
		3169	by a call to C<ev_loop_destroy>.
		3170
		3171	While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
		3172	watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
		3173	program, worker threads and so on - you just to make sure to destroy the
		3174	loop when you want them to be invoked.
		3175
		3176	Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
		3177	all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
		3178	makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
		3179	can call libev functions in the callback, except C<ev_cleanup_start>.
		3180
		3181	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members
		3182
		3183	=over 4
		3184
		3185	=item ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)
		3186
		3187	Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher - it has no parameters of
		3188	any kind. There is a C<ev_cleanup_set> macro, but using it is utterly
		3189	pointless, I assure you.
		3190
		3191	=back
		3192
		3193	Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
		3194	cleanup functions are called.
		3195
		3196	static void
		3197	program_exits (void)
		3198	{
		3199	ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
		3200	}
		3201
		3202	...
		3203	atexit (program_exits);
		3204
		3205
		3206	=head2 C<ev_async> - how to wake up an event loop
		3207
		3208	In general, you cannot use an C<ev_loop> from multiple threads or other
		3209	asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
		3210	loops - those are of course safe to use in different threads).
		3211
		3212	Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
		3213	for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what C<ev_async>
		3214	watchers do: as long as the C<ev_async> watcher is active, you can signal
		3215	it by calling C<ev_async_send>, which is thread- and signal safe.
		3216
		3217	This functionality is very similar to C<ev_signal> watchers, as signals,
		3218	too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
		3219	(i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
		3220	C<ev_async_sent> calls). In fact, you could use signal watchers as a kind
		3221	of "global async watchers" by using a watcher on an otherwise unused
		3222	signal, and C<ev_feed_signal> to signal this watcher from another thread,
		3223	even without knowing which loop owns the signal.
		3224
		3225	=head3 Queueing
		3226
		3227	C<ev_async> does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
		3228	is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
		3229	multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
		3230	need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
		3231	semantics.
		3232
		3233	That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
		3234	queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
		3235	queue:
		3236
		3237	=over 4
		3238
		3239	=item queueing from a signal handler context
		3240
		3241	To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
		3242	handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
		3243	an example that does that for some fictitious SIGUSR1 handler:
		3244
		3245	static ev_async mysig;
		3246
		3247	static void
		3248	sigusr1_handler (void)
		3249	{
		3250	sometype data;
		3251
		3252	// no locking etc.
		3253	queue_put (data);
		3254	ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
		3255	}
		3256
		3257	static void
		3258	mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
		3259	{
		3260	sometype data;
		3261	sigset_t block, prev;
		3262
		3263	sigemptyset (&block);
		3264	sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
		3265	sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
		3266
		3267	while (queue_get (&data))
		3268	process (data);
		3269
		3270	if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
		3271	sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
		3272	}
		3273
		3274	(Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use C<pthread_setmask>
		3275	instead of C<sigprocmask> when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
		3276	either...).
		3277
		3278	=item queueing from a thread context
		3279
		3280	The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
		3281	threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
		3282	employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
		3283
		3284	static ev_async mysig;
		3285	static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
		3286
		3287	static void
		3288	otherthread (void)
		3289	{
		3290	// only need to lock the actual queueing operation
		3291	pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
		3292	queue_put (data);
		3293	pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
		3294
		3295	ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
		3296	}
		3297
		3298	static void
		3299	mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
		3300	{
		3301	pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
		3302
		3303	while (queue_get (&data))
		3304	process (data);
		3305
		3306	pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
		3307	}
		3308
		3309	=back
		3310
		3311
		3312	=head3 Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members
		3313
		3314	=over 4
		3315
		3316	=item ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)
		3317
		3318	Initialises and configures the async watcher - it has no parameters of any
		3319	kind. There is a C<ev_async_set> macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
		3320	trust me.
		3321
		3322	=item ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)
		3323
		3324	Sends/signals/activates the given C<ev_async> watcher, that is, feeds
		3325	an C<EV_ASYNC> event on the watcher into the event loop, and instantly
		3326	returns.
		3327
		3328	Unlike C<ev_feed_event>, this call is safe to do from other threads,
		3329	signal or similar contexts (see the discussion of C<EV_ATOMIC_T> in the
		3330	embedding section below on what exactly this means).
		3331
		3332	Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
		3333	compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at
		3334	this is that C<ev_async> watchers are level-triggered: they are set on
		3335	C<ev_async_send>, reset when the event loop detects that).
		3336
		3337	This call incurs the overhead of at most one extra system call per event
		3338	loop iteration, if the event loop is blocked, and no syscall at all if
		3339	the event loop (or your program) is processing events. That means that
		3340	repeated calls are basically free (there is no need to avoid calls for
		3341	performance reasons) and that the overhead becomes smaller (typically
		3342	zero) under load.
		3343
		3344	=item bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)
		3345
		3346	Returns a non-zero value when C<ev_async_send> has been called on the
		3347	watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
		3348	event loop.
		3349
		3350	C<ev_async_send> sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
		3351	the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
		3352	it will reset the flag again. C<ev_async_pending> can be used to very
		3353	quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
		3354
		3355	Not that this does I<not> check whether the watcher itself is pending,
		3356	only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
		3357	is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
		3358	notification, and the callback being invoked.
		3359
		3360	=back
		3361
		3362
1870	=head1 OTHER FUNCTIONS	3363	=head1 OTHER FUNCTIONS
1871		3364
1872	There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.	3365	There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
1873		3366
1874	=over 4	3367	=over 4
1875		3368
1876	=item ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)	3369	=item ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)
1877		3370
1878	This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your	3371	This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
1879	callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stop both	3372	callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
1880	watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd	3373	watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
1881	or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or	3374	or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
1882	more watchers yourself.	3375	more watchers yourself.
1883		3376
1884	If C<fd> is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and events	3377	If C<fd> is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
1885	is being ignored. Otherwise, an C<ev_io> watcher for the given C<fd> and	3378	C<events> argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an C<ev_io> watcher for
1886	C<events> set will be craeted and started.	3379	the given C<fd> and C<events> set will be created and started.
1887		3380
1888	If C<timeout> is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be	3381	If C<timeout> is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
1889	started. Otherwise an C<ev_timer> watcher with after = C<timeout> (and	3382	started. Otherwise an C<ev_timer> watcher with after = C<timeout> (and
1890	repeat = 0) will be started. While C<0> is a valid timeout, it is of	3383	repeat = 0) will be started. C<0> is a valid timeout.
1891	dubious value.
1892		3384
1893	The callback has the type C<void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)> and gets	3385	The callback has the type C<void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)> and is
1894	passed an C<revents> set like normal event callbacks (a combination of	3386	passed an C<revents> set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
1895	C<EV_ERROR>, C<EV_READ>, C<EV_WRITE> or C<EV_TIMEOUT>) and the C<arg>	3387	C<EV_ERROR>, C<EV_READ>, C<EV_WRITE> or C<EV_TIMER>) and the C<arg>
1896	value passed to C<ev_once>:	3388	value passed to C<ev_once>. Note that it is possible to receive I<both>
		3389	a timeout and an io event at the same time - you probably should give io
		3390	events precedence.
1897		3391
		3392	Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on STDIN_FILENO.
		3393
1898	static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)	3394	static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
1899	{	3395	{
1900	if (revents & EV_TIMEOUT)
1901	/* doh, nothing entered */;
1902	else if (revents & EV_READ)	3396	if (revents & EV_READ)
1903	/* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;	3397	/* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
		3398	else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
		3399	/* doh, nothing entered */;
1904	}	3400	}
1905		3401
1906	ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);	3402	ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
1907		3403
1908	=item ev_feed_event (ev_loop *, watcher *, int revents)
1909
1910	Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1911	had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1912	initialised but not necessarily started event watcher).
1913
1914	=item ev_feed_fd_event (ev_loop *, int fd, int revents)	3404	=item ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)
1915		3405
1916	Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected	3406	Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
1917	the given events it.	3407	the given events it.
1918		3408
1919	=item ev_feed_signal_event (ev_loop *loop, int signum)	3409	=item ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)
1920		3410
1921	Feed an event as if the given signal occured (C<loop> must be the default	3411	Feed an event as if the given signal occurred. See also C<ev_feed_signal>,
1922	loop!).	3412	which is async-safe.
1923		3413
1924	=back	3414	=back
		3415
		3416
		3417	=head1 COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)
		3418
		3419	This section explains some common idioms that are not immediately
		3420	obvious. Note that examples are sprinkled over the whole manual, and this
		3421	section only contains stuff that wouldn't fit anywhere else.
		3422
		3423	=head2 ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER
		3424
		3425	Each watcher has, by default, a C<void *data> member that you can read
		3426	or modify at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
		3427	to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
		3428	don't want to allocate memory separately and store a pointer to it in that
		3429	data member, you can also "subclass" the watcher type and provide your own
		3430	data:
		3431
		3432	struct my_io
		3433	{
		3434	ev_io io;
		3435	int otherfd;
		3436	void *somedata;
		3437	struct whatever *mostinteresting;
		3438	};
		3439
		3440	...
		3441	struct my_io w;
		3442	ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
		3443
		3444	And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
		3445	can cast it back to your own type:
		3446
		3447	static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
		3448	{
		3449	struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
		3450	...
		3451	}
		3452
		3453	More interesting and less C-conformant ways of casting your callback
		3454	function type instead have been omitted.
		3455
		3456	=head2 BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS
		3457
		3458	Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
		3459	embedded watchers, in effect creating your own watcher that combines
		3460	multiple libev event sources into one "super-watcher":
		3461
		3462	struct my_biggy
		3463	{
		3464	int some_data;
		3465	ev_timer t1;
		3466	ev_timer t2;
		3467	}
		3468
		3469	In this case getting the pointer to C<my_biggy> is a bit more
		3470	complicated: Either you store the address of your C<my_biggy> struct in
		3471	the C<data> member of the watcher (for woozies or C++ coders), or you need
		3472	to use some pointer arithmetic using C<offsetof> inside your watchers (for
		3473	real programmers):
		3474
		3475	#include <stddef.h>
		3476
		3477	static void
		3478	t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
		3479	{
		3480	struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
		3481	(((char *)w) - offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
		3482	}
		3483
		3484	static void
		3485	t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
		3486	{
		3487	struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
		3488	(((char *)w) - offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
		3489	}
		3490
		3491	=head2 MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS
		3492
		3493	Often (especially in GUI toolkits) there are places where you have
		3494	I<modal> interaction, which is most easily implemented by recursively
		3495	invoking C<ev_run>.
		3496
		3497	This brings the problem of exiting - a callback might want to finish the
		3498	main C<ev_run> call, but not the nested one (e.g. user clicked "Quit", but
		3499	a modal "Are you sure?" dialog is still waiting), or just the nested one
		3500	and not the main one (e.g. user clocked "Ok" in a modal dialog), or some
		3501	other combination: In these cases, C<ev_break> will not work alone.
		3502
		3503	The solution is to maintain "break this loop" variable for each C<ev_run>
		3504	invocation, and use a loop around C<ev_run> until the condition is
		3505	triggered, using C<EVRUN_ONCE>:
		3506
		3507	// main loop
		3508	int exit_main_loop = 0;
		3509
		3510	while (!exit_main_loop)
		3511	ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ EVRUN_ONCE);
		3512
		3513	// in a model watcher
		3514	int exit_nested_loop = 0;
		3515
		3516	while (!exit_nested_loop)
		3517	ev_run (EV_A_ EVRUN_ONCE);
		3518
		3519	To exit from any of these loops, just set the corresponding exit variable:
		3520
		3521	// exit modal loop
		3522	exit_nested_loop = 1;
		3523
		3524	// exit main program, after modal loop is finished
		3525	exit_main_loop = 1;
		3526
		3527	// exit both
		3528	exit_main_loop = exit_nested_loop = 1;
		3529
		3530	=head2 THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE
		3531
		3532	Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
		3533	thread from where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
		3534	created/added/removed.
		3535
		3536	For a real-world example, see the C<EV::Loop::Async> perl module,
		3537	which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
		3538	languages).
		3539
		3540	The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
		3541	variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
		3542	event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
		3543
		3544	First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
		3545
		3546	typedef struct {
		3547	mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
		3548	ev_async async_w;
		3549	thread_t tid;
		3550	cond_t invoke_cv;
		3551	} userdata;
		3552
		3553	void prepare_loop (EV_P)
		3554	{
		3555	// for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
		3556	static userdata u;
		3557
		3558	ev_async_init (&u->async_w, async_cb);
		3559	ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u->async_w);
		3560
		3561	pthread_mutex_init (&u->lock, 0);
		3562	pthread_cond_init (&u->invoke_cv, 0);
		3563
		3564	// now associate this with the loop
		3565	ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ u);
		3566	ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
		3567	ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
		3568
		3569	// then create the thread running ev_run
		3570	pthread_create (&u->tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
		3571	}
		3572
		3573	The callback for the C<ev_async> watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
		3574	solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
		3575	that might have been added:
		3576
		3577	static void
		3578	async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
		3579	{
		3580	// just used for the side effects
		3581	}
		3582
		3583	The C<l_release> and C<l_acquire> callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
		3584	protecting the loop data, respectively.
		3585
		3586	static void
		3587	l_release (EV_P)
		3588	{
		3589	userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
		3590	pthread_mutex_unlock (&u->lock);
		3591	}
		3592
		3593	static void
		3594	l_acquire (EV_P)
		3595	{
		3596	userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
		3597	pthread_mutex_lock (&u->lock);
		3598	}
		3599
		3600	The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
		3601	into C<ev_run>:
		3602
		3603	void *
		3604	l_run (void *thr_arg)
		3605	{
		3606	struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
		3607
		3608	l_acquire (EV_A);
		3609	pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
		3610	ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
		3611	l_release (EV_A);
		3612
		3613	return 0;
		3614	}
		3615
		3616	Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the C<l_invoke> callback will
		3617	signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
		3618	writes? C<Async::Interrupt>?) and then waits until all pending watchers
		3619	have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
		3620	and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
		3621	watchers is very beneficial):
		3622
		3623	static void
		3624	l_invoke (EV_P)
		3625	{
		3626	userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
		3627
		3628	while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
		3629	{
		3630	wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
		3631	pthread_cond_wait (&u->invoke_cv, &u->lock);
		3632	}
		3633	}
		3634
		3635	Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
		3636	will grab the lock, call C<ev_invoke_pending> and then signal the loop
		3637	thread to continue:
		3638
		3639	static void
		3640	real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
		3641	{
		3642	userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
		3643
		3644	pthread_mutex_lock (&u->lock);
		3645	ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
		3646	pthread_cond_signal (&u->invoke_cv);
		3647	pthread_mutex_unlock (&u->lock);
		3648	}
		3649
		3650	Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
		3651	event loop, you will now have to lock:
		3652
		3653	ev_timer timeout_watcher;
		3654	userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
		3655
		3656	ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
		3657
		3658	pthread_mutex_lock (&u->lock);
		3659	ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
		3660	ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u->async_w);
		3661	pthread_mutex_unlock (&u->lock);
		3662
		3663	Note that sending the C<ev_async> watcher is required because otherwise
		3664	an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
		3665	about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
		3666	watchers in the next event loop iteration.
		3667
		3668	=head2 THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS
		3669
		3670	While the overhead of a callback that e.g. schedules a thread is small, it
		3671	is still an overhead. If you embed libev, and your main usage is with some
		3672	kind of threads or coroutines, you might want to customise libev so that
		3673	doesn't need callbacks anymore.
		3674
		3675	Imagine you have coroutines that you can switch to using a function
		3676	C<switch_to (coro)>, that libev runs in a coroutine called C<libev_coro>
		3677	and that due to some magic, the currently active coroutine is stored in a
		3678	global called C<current_coro>. Then you can build your own "wait for libev
		3679	event" primitive by changing C<EV_CB_DECLARE> and C<EV_CB_INVOKE> (note
		3680	the differing C<;> conventions):
		3681
		3682	#define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
		3683	#define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)->cb)
		3684
		3685	That means instead of having a C callback function, you store the
		3686	coroutine to switch to in each watcher, and instead of having libev call
		3687	your callback, you instead have it switch to that coroutine.
		3688
		3689	A coroutine might now wait for an event with a function called
		3690	C<wait_for_event>. (the watcher needs to be started, as always, but it doesn't
		3691	matter when, or whether the watcher is active or not when this function is
		3692	called):
		3693
		3694	void
		3695	wait_for_event (ev_watcher *w)
		3696	{
		3697	ev_cb_set (w) = current_coro;
		3698	switch_to (libev_coro);
		3699	}
		3700
		3701	That basically suspends the coroutine inside C<wait_for_event> and
		3702	continues the libev coroutine, which, when appropriate, switches back to
		3703	this or any other coroutine. I am sure if you sue this your own :)
		3704
		3705	You can do similar tricks if you have, say, threads with an event queue -
		3706	instead of storing a coroutine, you store the queue object and instead of
		3707	switching to a coroutine, you push the watcher onto the queue and notify
		3708	any waiters.
		3709
		3710	To embed libev, see L<EMBEDDING>, but in short, it's easiest to create two
		3711	files, F<my_ev.h> and F<my_ev.c> that include the respective libev files:
		3712
		3713	// my_ev.h
		3714	#define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
		3715	#define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)->cb);
		3716	#include "../libev/ev.h"
		3717
		3718	// my_ev.c
		3719	#define EV_H "my_ev.h"
		3720	#include "../libev/ev.c"
		3721
		3722	And then use F<my_ev.h> when you would normally use F<ev.h>, and compile
		3723	F<my_ev.c> into your project. When properly specifying include paths, you
		3724	can even use F<ev.h> as header file name directly.
1925		3725
1926		3726
1927	=head1 LIBEVENT EMULATION	3727	=head1 LIBEVENT EMULATION
1928		3728
1929	Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot	3729	Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
1930	emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:	3730	emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
1931		3731
1932	=over 4	3732	=over 4
		3733
		3734	=item * Only the libevent-1.4.1-beta API is being emulated.
		3735
		3736	This was the newest libevent version available when libev was implemented,
		3737	and is still mostly unchanged in 2010.
1933		3738
1934	=item * Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.	3739	=item * Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
1935		3740
1936	=item * The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,	3741	=item * The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
1937	ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.	3742	ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
…		…
1942		3747
1943	=item * Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities	3748	=item * Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
1944	will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there	3749	will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
1945	is an ev_pri field.	3750	is an ev_pri field.
1946		3751
		3752	=item * In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
		3753	base that registered the signal gets the signals.
		3754
1947	=item * Other members are not supported.	3755	=item * Other members are not supported.
1948		3756
1949	=item * The libev emulation is I<not> ABI compatible to libevent, you need	3757	=item * The libev emulation is I<not> ABI compatible to libevent, you need
1950	to use the libev header file and library.	3758	to use the libev header file and library.
1951		3759
1952	=back	3760	=back
1953		3761
1954	=head1 C++ SUPPORT	3762	=head1 C++ SUPPORT
1955		3763
1956	Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for C++ that mainly allow	3764	Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for C++ that mainly allow
1957	you to use some convinience methods to start/stop watchers and also change	3765	you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
1958	the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.	3766	the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
1959		3767
1960	To use it,	3768	To use it,
1961		3769
1962	#include <ev++.h>	3770	#include <ev++.h>
1963		3771
1964	This automatically includes F<ev.h> and puts all of its definitions (many	3772	This automatically includes F<ev.h> and puts all of its definitions (many
1965	of them macros) into the global namespace. All C++ specific things are	3773	of them macros) into the global namespace. All C++ specific things are
1966	put into the C<ev> namespace. It should support all the same embedding	3774	put into the C<ev> namespace. It should support all the same embedding
1967	options as F<ev.h>, most notably C<EV_MULTIPLICITY>.	3775	options as F<ev.h>, most notably C<EV_MULTIPLICITY>.
…		…
1969	Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the C++	3777	Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the C++
1970	classes add (compared to plain C-style watchers) is the event loop pointer	3778	classes add (compared to plain C-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
1971	that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if	3779	that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
1972	you disable C<EV_MULTIPLICITY> when embedding libev).	3780	you disable C<EV_MULTIPLICITY> when embedding libev).
1973		3781
1974	Currently, functions, and static and non-static member functions can be	3782	Currently, functions, static and non-static member functions and classes
1975	used as callbacks. Other types should be easy to add as long as they only	3783	with C<operator ()> can be used as callbacks. Other types should be easy
1976	need one additional pointer for context. If you need support for other	3784	to add as long as they only need one additional pointer for context. If
1977	types of functors please contact the author (preferably after implementing	3785	you need support for other types of functors please contact the author
1978	it).	3786	(preferably after implementing it).
1979		3787
1980	Here is a list of things available in the C<ev> namespace:	3788	Here is a list of things available in the C<ev> namespace:
1981		3789
1982	=over 4	3790	=over 4
1983		3791
…		…
2001		3809
2002	=over 4	3810	=over 4
2003		3811
2004	=item ev::TYPE::TYPE ()	3812	=item ev::TYPE::TYPE ()
2005		3813
2006	=item ev::TYPE::TYPE (struct ev_loop *)	3814	=item ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)
2007		3815
2008	=item ev::TYPE::~TYPE	3816	=item ev::TYPE::~TYPE
2009		3817
2010	The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher	3818	The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
2011	with. If it is omitted, it will use C<EV_DEFAULT>.	3819	with. If it is omitted, it will use C<EV_DEFAULT>.
…		…
2034	your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the	3842	your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
2035	thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.	3843	thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
2036		3844
2037	Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation	3845	Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
2038		3846
2039	struct myclass	3847	struct myclass
2040	{	3848	{
2041	void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }	3849	void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
2042	}	3850	}
2043		3851
2044	myclass obj;	3852	myclass obj;
2045	ev::io iow;	3853	ev::io iow;
2046	iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);	3854	iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
		3855
		3856	=item w->set (object *)
		3857
		3858	This is a variation of a method callback - leaving out the method to call
		3859	will default the method to C<operator ()>, which makes it possible to use
		3860	functor objects without having to manually specify the C<operator ()> all
		3861	the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
		3862	list.
		3863
		3864	The C<operator ()> method prototype must be C<void operator ()(watcher &w,
		3865	int revents)>.
		3866
		3867	See the method-C<set> above for more details.
		3868
		3869	Example: use a functor object as callback.
		3870
		3871	struct myfunctor
		3872	{
		3873	void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
		3874	{
		3875	...
		3876	}
		3877	}
		3878
		3879	myfunctor f;
		3880
		3881	ev::io w;
		3882	w.set (&f);
2047		3883
2048	=item w->set<function> (void *data = 0)	3884	=item w->set<function> (void *data = 0)
2049		3885
2050	Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as	3886	Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
2051	callback. The optional C<data> argument will be stored in the watcher's	3887	callback. The optional C<data> argument will be stored in the watcher's
…		…
2053		3889
2054	The prototype of the C<function> must be C<void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)>.	3890	The prototype of the C<function> must be C<void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)>.
2055		3891
2056	See the method-C<set> above for more details.	3892	See the method-C<set> above for more details.
2057		3893
2058	Example:	3894	Example: Use a plain function as callback.
2059		3895
2060	static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }	3896	static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
2061	iow.set <io_cb> ();	3897	iow.set <io_cb> ();
2062		3898
2063	=item w->set (struct ev_loop *)	3899	=item w->set (loop)
2064		3900
2065	Associates a different C<struct ev_loop> with this watcher. You can only	3901	Associates a different C<struct ev_loop> with this watcher. You can only
2066	do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).	3902	do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
2067		3903
2068	=item w->set ([args])	3904	=item w->set ([arguments])
2069		3905
2070	Basically the same as C<ev_TYPE_set>, with the same args. Must be	3906	Basically the same as C<ev_TYPE_set>, with the same arguments. Either this
2071	called at least once. Unlike the C counterpart, an active watcher gets	3907	method or a suitable start method must be called at least once. Unlike the
2072	automatically stopped and restarted when reconfiguring it with this	3908	C counterpart, an active watcher gets automatically stopped and restarted
2073	method.	3909	when reconfiguring it with this method.
2074		3910
2075	=item w->start ()	3911	=item w->start ()
2076		3912
2077	Starts the watcher. Note that there is no C<loop> argument, as the	3913	Starts the watcher. Note that there is no C<loop> argument, as the
2078	constructor already stores the event loop.	3914	constructor already stores the event loop.
2079		3915
		3916	=item w->start ([arguments])
		3917
		3918	Instead of calling C<set> and C<start> methods separately, it is often
		3919	convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
		3920	the configure C<set> method of the watcher.
		3921
2080	=item w->stop ()	3922	=item w->stop ()
2081		3923
2082	Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no C<loop> argument.	3924	Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no C<loop> argument.
2083		3925
2084	=item w->again () (C<ev::timer>, C<ev::periodic> only)	3926	=item w->again () (C<ev::timer>, C<ev::periodic> only)
…		…
2096		3938
2097	=back	3939	=back
2098		3940
2099	=back	3941	=back
2100		3942
2101	Example: Define a class with an IO and idle watcher, start one of them in	3943	Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
2102	the constructor.	3944	watchers in the constructor.
2103		3945
2104	class myclass	3946	class myclass
2105	{	3947	{
2106	ev_io io; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);	3948	ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
		3949	ev::io io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
2107	ev_idle idle void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);	3950	ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
2108		3951
2109	myclass ();	3952	myclass (int fd)
2110	}	3953	{
2111
2112	myclass::myclass (int fd)
2113	{
2114	io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);	3954	io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
		3955	io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
2115	idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);	3956	idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
2116		3957
2117	io.start (fd, ev::READ);	3958	io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
		3959	io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
		3960
		3961	io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
		3962	}
2118	}	3963	};
		3964
		3965
		3966	=head1 OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS
		3967
		3968	Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
		3969	number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
		3970	any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
		3971	me a note.
		3972
		3973	=over 4
		3974
		3975	=item Perl
		3976
		3977	The EV module implements the full libev API and is actually used to test
		3978	libev. EV is developed together with libev. Apart from the EV core module,
		3979	there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
		3980	to C<libadns> (C<EV::ADNS>, but C<AnyEvent::DNS> is preferred nowadays),
		3981	C<Net::SNMP> (C<Net::SNMP::EV>) and the C<libglib> event core (C<Glib::EV>
		3982	and C<EV::Glib>).
		3983
		3984	It can be found and installed via CPAN, its homepage is at
		3985	L<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
		3986
		3987	=item Python
		3988
		3989	Python bindings can be found at L<http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
		3990	seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
		3991
		3992	=item Ruby
		3993
		3994	Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
		3995	of the libev API and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous DNS and
		3996	more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
		3997	L<http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
		3998
		3999	Roger Pack reports that using the link order C<-lws2_32 -lmsvcrt-ruby-190>
		4000	makes rev work even on mingw.
		4001
		4002	=item Haskell
		4003
		4004	A haskell binding to libev is available at
		4005	L<http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi-bin/hackage-scripts/package/hlibev>.
		4006
		4007	=item D
		4008
		4009	Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (F<ev.d>) for libev, to
		4010	be found at L<http://www.llucax.com.ar/proj/ev.d/index.html>.
		4011
		4012	=item Ocaml
		4013
		4014	Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
		4015	L<http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml-ev/>.
		4016
		4017	=item Lua
		4018
		4019	Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
		4020	time of this writing, only C<ev_io> and C<ev_timer>), to be found at
		4021	L<http://github.com/brimworks/lua-ev>.
		4022
		4023	=back
2119		4024
2120		4025
2121	=head1 MACRO MAGIC	4026	=head1 MACRO MAGIC
2122		4027
2123	Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamantal	4028	Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
2124	of which is C<EV_MULTIPLICITY>. This option determines whether (most)	4029	of which is C<EV_MULTIPLICITY>. This option determines whether (most)
2125	functions and callbacks have an initial C<struct ev_loop *> argument.	4030	functions and callbacks have an initial C<struct ev_loop *> argument.
2126		4031
2127	To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the	4032	To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
2128	following macros are defined:	4033	following macros are defined:
…		…
2133		4038
2134	This provides the loop I<argument> for functions, if one is required ("ev	4039	This provides the loop I<argument> for functions, if one is required ("ev
2135	loop argument"). The C<EV_A> form is used when this is the sole argument,	4040	loop argument"). The C<EV_A> form is used when this is the sole argument,
2136	C<EV_A_> is used when other arguments are following. Example:	4041	C<EV_A_> is used when other arguments are following. Example:
2137		4042
2138	ev_unref (EV_A);	4043	ev_unref (EV_A);
2139	ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);	4044	ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
2140	ev_loop (EV_A_ 0);	4045	ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
2141		4046
2142	It assumes the variable C<loop> of type C<struct ev_loop *> is in scope,	4047	It assumes the variable C<loop> of type C<struct ev_loop *> is in scope,
2143	which is often provided by the following macro.	4048	which is often provided by the following macro.
2144		4049
2145	=item C<EV_P>, C<EV_P_>	4050	=item C<EV_P>, C<EV_P_>
2146		4051
2147	This provides the loop I<parameter> for functions, if one is required ("ev	4052	This provides the loop I<parameter> for functions, if one is required ("ev
2148	loop parameter"). The C<EV_P> form is used when this is the sole parameter,	4053	loop parameter"). The C<EV_P> form is used when this is the sole parameter,
2149	C<EV_P_> is used when other parameters are following. Example:	4054	C<EV_P_> is used when other parameters are following. Example:
2150		4055
2151	// this is how ev_unref is being declared	4056	// this is how ev_unref is being declared
2152	static void ev_unref (EV_P);	4057	static void ev_unref (EV_P);
2153		4058
2154	// this is how you can declare your typical callback	4059	// this is how you can declare your typical callback
2155	static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)	4060	static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2156		4061
2157	It declares a parameter C<loop> of type C<struct ev_loop *>, quite	4062	It declares a parameter C<loop> of type C<struct ev_loop *>, quite
2158	suitable for use with C<EV_A>.	4063	suitable for use with C<EV_A>.
2159		4064
2160	=item C<EV_DEFAULT>, C<EV_DEFAULT_>	4065	=item C<EV_DEFAULT>, C<EV_DEFAULT_>
2161		4066
2162	Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default	4067	Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
2163	loop, if multiple loops are supported ("ev loop default").	4068	loop, if multiple loops are supported ("ev loop default").
		4069
		4070	=item C<EV_DEFAULT_UC>, C<EV_DEFAULT_UC_>
		4071
		4072	Usage identical to C<EV_DEFAULT> and C<EV_DEFAULT_>, but requires that the
		4073	default loop has been initialised (C<UC> == unchecked). Their behaviour
		4074	is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
		4075	execution of C<EV_DEFAULT>, C<EV_DEFAULT_> or C<ev_default_init (...)>.
		4076
		4077	It is often prudent to use C<EV_DEFAULT> when initialising the first
		4078	watcher in a function but use C<EV_DEFAULT_UC> afterwards.
2164		4079
2165	=back	4080	=back
2166		4081
2167	Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above	4082	Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
2168	macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported	4083	macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
2169	or not.	4084	or not.
2170		4085
2171	static void	4086	static void
2172	check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)	4087	check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2173	{	4088	{
2174	ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);	4089	ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
2175	}	4090	}
2176		4091
2177	ev_check check;	4092	ev_check check;
2178	ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);	4093	ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
2179	ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);	4094	ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
2180	ev_loop (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);	4095	ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
2181		4096
2182	=head1 EMBEDDING	4097	=head1 EMBEDDING
2183		4098
2184	Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host	4099	Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
2185	applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra	4100	applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
…		…
2192	libev somewhere in your source tree).	4107	libev somewhere in your source tree).
2193		4108
2194	=head2 FILESETS	4109	=head2 FILESETS
2195		4110
2196	Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files	4111	Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
2197	in your app.	4112	in your application.
2198		4113
2199	=head3 CORE EVENT LOOP	4114	=head3 CORE EVENT LOOP
2200		4115
2201	To include only the libev core (all the C<ev_*> functions), with manual	4116	To include only the libev core (all the C<ev_*> functions), with manual
2202	configuration (no autoconf):	4117	configuration (no autoconf):
2203		4118
2204	#define EV_STANDALONE 1	4119	#define EV_STANDALONE 1
2205	#include "ev.c"	4120	#include "ev.c"
2206		4121
2207	This will automatically include F<ev.h>, too, and should be done in a	4122	This will automatically include F<ev.h>, too, and should be done in a
2208	single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use	4123	single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
2209	it, do the same for F<ev.h> in all files wishing to use this API (best	4124	it, do the same for F<ev.h> in all files wishing to use this API (best
2210	done by writing a wrapper around F<ev.h> that you can include instead and	4125	done by writing a wrapper around F<ev.h> that you can include instead and
2211	where you can put other configuration options):	4126	where you can put other configuration options):
2212		4127
2213	#define EV_STANDALONE 1	4128	#define EV_STANDALONE 1
2214	#include "ev.h"	4129	#include "ev.h"
2215		4130
2216	Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a C++	4131	Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a C++
2217	compiler (at least, thats a stated goal, and breakage will be treated	4132	compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
2218	as a bug).	4133	as a bug).
2219		4134
2220	You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory	4135	You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
2221	in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using -Ilibev):	4136	in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using -Ilibev):
2222		4137
2223	ev.h	4138	ev.h
2224	ev.c	4139	ev.c
2225	ev_vars.h	4140	ev_vars.h
2226	ev_wrap.h	4141	ev_wrap.h
2227		4142
2228	ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only	4143	ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
2229		4144
2230	ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled (which is enabled by default)	4145	ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled (which is enabled by default)
2231	ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled (disabled by default)	4146	ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
2232	ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled (disabled by default)	4147	ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
2233	ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled (disabled by default)	4148	ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled (disabled by default)
2234	ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled (disabled by default)	4149	ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled (disabled by default)
2235		4150
2236	F<ev.c> includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need	4151	F<ev.c> includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
2237	to compile this single file.	4152	to compile this single file.
2238		4153
2239	=head3 LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API	4154	=head3 LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API
2240		4155
2241	To include the libevent compatibility API, also include:	4156	To include the libevent compatibility API, also include:
2242		4157
2243	#include "event.c"	4158	#include "event.c"
2244		4159
2245	in the file including F<ev.c>, and:	4160	in the file including F<ev.c>, and:
2246		4161
2247	#include "event.h"	4162	#include "event.h"
2248		4163
2249	in the files that want to use the libevent API. This also includes F<ev.h>.	4164	in the files that want to use the libevent API. This also includes F<ev.h>.
2250		4165
2251	You need the following additional files for this:	4166	You need the following additional files for this:
2252		4167
2253	event.h	4168	event.h
2254	event.c	4169	event.c
2255		4170
2256	=head3 AUTOCONF SUPPORT	4171	=head3 AUTOCONF SUPPORT
2257		4172
2258	Instead of using C<EV_STANDALONE=1> and providing your config in	4173	Instead of using C<EV_STANDALONE=1> and providing your configuration in
2259	whatever way you want, you can also C<m4_include([libev.m4])> in your	4174	whatever way you want, you can also C<m4_include([libev.m4])> in your
2260	F<configure.ac> and leave C<EV_STANDALONE> undefined. F<ev.c> will then	4175	F<configure.ac> and leave C<EV_STANDALONE> undefined. F<ev.c> will then
2261	include F<config.h> and configure itself accordingly.	4176	include F<config.h> and configure itself accordingly.
2262		4177
2263	For this of course you need the m4 file:	4178	For this of course you need the m4 file:
2264		4179
2265	libev.m4	4180	libev.m4
2266		4181
2267	=head2 PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS	4182	=head2 PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS
2268		4183
2269	Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to define	4184	Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
2270	before including any of its files. The default is not to build for multiplicity	4185	define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
2271	and only include the select backend.	4186	the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
		4187
		4188	Symbols marked with "(h)" do not change the ABI, and can have different
		4189	values when compiling libev vs. including F<ev.h>, so it is permissible
		4190	to redefine them before including F<ev.h> without breaking compatibility
		4191	to a compiled library. All other symbols change the ABI, which means all
		4192	users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
		4193	settings.
2272		4194
2273	=over 4	4195	=over 4
2274		4196
		4197	=item EV_COMPAT3 (h)
		4198
		4199	Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
		4200	release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
		4201	have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
		4202
		4203	You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
		4204	versions) by defining C<EV_COMPAT3> to C<0> when compiling your
		4205	sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the C<struct>
		4206	from C<struct ev_loop> declarations, as libev will provide an C<ev_loop>
		4207	typedef in that case.
		4208
		4209	In some future version, the default for C<EV_COMPAT3> will become C<0>,
		4210	and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
		4211	removed completely.
		4212
2275	=item EV_STANDALONE	4213	=item EV_STANDALONE (h)
2276		4214
2277	Must always be C<1> if you do not use autoconf configuration, which	4215	Must always be C<1> if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
2278	keeps libev from including F<config.h>, and it also defines dummy	4216	keeps libev from including F<config.h>, and it also defines dummy
2279	implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not	4217	implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
2280	supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in	4218	supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
2281	F<event.h> that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.	4219	F<event.h> that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
2282		4220
		4221	In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
		4222	configuration, but has to be more conservative.
		4223
		4224	=item EV_USE_FLOOR
		4225
		4226	If defined to be C<1>, libev will use the C<floor ()> function for its
		4227	periodic reschedule calculations, otherwise libev will fall back on a
		4228	portable (slower) implementation. If you enable this, you usually have to
		4229	link against libm or something equivalent. Enabling this when the C<floor>
		4230	function is not available will fail, so the safe default is to not enable
		4231	this.
		4232
2283	=item EV_USE_MONOTONIC	4233	=item EV_USE_MONOTONIC
2284		4234
2285	If defined to be C<1>, libev will try to detect the availability of the	4235	If defined to be C<1>, libev will try to detect the availability of the
2286	monotonic clock option at both compiletime and runtime. Otherwise no use	4236	monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
2287	of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this, you	4237	use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
2288	usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it when	4238	you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
2289	the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have	4239	when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
2290	to make sure you link against any libraries where the C<clock_gettime>	4240	to make sure you link against any libraries where the C<clock_gettime>
2291	function is hiding in (often F<-lrt>).	4241	function is hiding in (often F<-lrt>). See also C<EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL>.
2292		4242
2293	=item EV_USE_REALTIME	4243	=item EV_USE_REALTIME
2294		4244
2295	If defined to be C<1>, libev will try to detect the availability of the	4245	If defined to be C<1>, libev will try to detect the availability of the
2296	realtime clock option at compiletime (and assume its availability at	4246	real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
2297	runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the realtime clock option will	4247	at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
2298	be attempted. This effectively replaces C<gettimeofday> by C<clock_get	4248	option will be attempted. This effectively replaces C<gettimeofday>
2299	(CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)> and will not normally affect correctness. See the	4249	by C<clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)> and will not normally affect
2300	note about libraries in the description of C<EV_USE_MONOTONIC>, though.	4250	correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
		4251	C<EV_USE_MONOTONIC>, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
		4252	C<EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL>.
		4253
		4254	=item EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL
		4255
		4256	If defined to be C<1>, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
		4257	of calling the system-provided C<clock_gettime> function. This option
		4258	exists because on GNU/Linux, C<clock_gettime> is in C<librt>, but C<librt>
		4259	unconditionally pulls in C<libpthread>, slowing down single-threaded
		4260	programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
		4261	theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
		4262	the pthread dependency. Defaults to C<1> on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
		4263	higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for C<-lrt>).
		4264
		4265	=item EV_USE_NANOSLEEP
		4266
		4267	If defined to be C<1>, libev will assume that C<nanosleep ()> is available
		4268	and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use C<select ()>.
		4269
		4270	=item EV_USE_EVENTFD
		4271
		4272	If defined to be C<1>, then libev will assume that C<eventfd ()> is
		4273	available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
		4274	C<ev_signal> and C<ev_async> performance and reduce resource consumption.
		4275	If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
		4276	2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
2301		4277
2302	=item EV_USE_SELECT	4278	=item EV_USE_SELECT
2303		4279
2304	If undefined or defined to be C<1>, libev will compile in support for the	4280	If undefined or defined to be C<1>, libev will compile in support for the
2305	C<select>(2) backend. No attempt at autodetection will be done: if no	4281	C<select>(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
2306	other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend	4282	other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
2307	will not be compiled in.	4283	will not be compiled in.
2308		4284
2309	=item EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET	4285	=item EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET
2310		4286
2311	If defined to C<1>, then the select backend will use the system C<fd_set>	4287	If defined to C<1>, then the select backend will use the system C<fd_set>
2312	structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing	4288	structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
2313	C<NFDBITS> or C<fd_mask> definition or it misguesses the bitset layout on	4289	C<NFDBITS> or C<fd_mask> definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
2314	exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to some	4290	on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
2315	low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket only	4291	some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
2316	allows 64 sockets). The C<FD_SETSIZE> macro, set before compilation, might	4292	only allows 64 sockets). The C<FD_SETSIZE> macro, set before compilation,
2317	influence the size of the C<fd_set> used.	4293	configures the maximum size of the C<fd_set>.
2318		4294
2319	=item EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET	4295	=item EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET
2320		4296
2321	When defined to C<1>, the select backend will assume that	4297	When defined to C<1>, the select backend will assume that
2322	select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but	4298	select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
…		…
2324	be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call	4300	be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
2325	C<_get_osfhandle> on the fd to convert it to an OS handle. Otherwise,	4301	C<_get_osfhandle> on the fd to convert it to an OS handle. Otherwise,
2326	it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even	4302	it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
2327	on win32. Should not be defined on non-win32 platforms.	4303	on win32. Should not be defined on non-win32 platforms.
2328		4304
		4305	=item EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)
		4306
		4307	If C<EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET> is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
		4308	file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
		4309	default), then libev will call C<_get_osfhandle>, which is usually
		4310	correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
		4311	in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
		4312
		4313	=item EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)
		4314
		4315	If C<EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET> then libev maps handles to file descriptors
		4316	using the standard C<_open_osfhandle> function. For programs implementing
		4317	their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
		4318	to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
		4319
		4320	=item EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)
		4321
		4322	If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
		4323	macro can be used to override the C<close> function, useful to unregister
		4324	file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
		4325	the underlying OS handle.
		4326
2329	=item EV_USE_POLL	4327	=item EV_USE_POLL
2330		4328
2331	If defined to be C<1>, libev will compile in support for the C<poll>(2)	4329	If defined to be C<1>, libev will compile in support for the C<poll>(2)
2332	backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non-win32 platforms. It	4330	backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non-win32 platforms. It
2333	takes precedence over select.	4331	takes precedence over select.
2334		4332
2335	=item EV_USE_EPOLL	4333	=item EV_USE_EPOLL
2336		4334
2337	If defined to be C<1>, libev will compile in support for the Linux	4335	If defined to be C<1>, libev will compile in support for the Linux
2338	C<epoll>(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,	4336	C<epoll>(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
2339	otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the	4337	otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
2340	preferred backend for GNU/Linux systems.	4338	backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
		4339	headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
2341		4340
2342	=item EV_USE_KQUEUE	4341	=item EV_USE_KQUEUE
2343		4342
2344	If defined to be C<1>, libev will compile in support for the BSD style	4343	If defined to be C<1>, libev will compile in support for the BSD style
2345	C<kqueue>(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,	4344	C<kqueue>(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
…		…
2358	otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred	4357	otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
2359	backend for Solaris 10 systems.	4358	backend for Solaris 10 systems.
2360		4359
2361	=item EV_USE_DEVPOLL	4360	=item EV_USE_DEVPOLL
2362		4361
2363	reserved for future expansion, works like the USE symbols above.	4362	Reserved for future expansion, works like the USE symbols above.
2364		4363
2365	=item EV_USE_INOTIFY	4364	=item EV_USE_INOTIFY
2366		4365
2367	If defined to be C<1>, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify	4366	If defined to be C<1>, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
2368	interface to speed up C<ev_stat> watchers. Its actual availability will	4367	interface to speed up C<ev_stat> watchers. Its actual availability will
2369	be detected at runtime.	4368	be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
		4369	indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
2370		4370
		4371	=item EV_ATOMIC_T
		4372
		4373	Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing C<0> or C<1>) whose
		4374	access is atomic and serialised with respect to other threads or signal
		4375	contexts. No such type is easily found in the C language, so you can
		4376	provide your own type that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used
		4377	both for signal handler "locking" as well as for signal and thread safety
		4378	in C<ev_async> watchers.
		4379
		4380	In the absence of this define, libev will use C<sig_atomic_t volatile>
		4381	(from F<signal.h>), which is usually good enough on most platforms,
		4382	although strictly speaking using a type that also implies a memory fence
		4383	is required.
		4384
2371	=item EV_H	4385	=item EV_H (h)
2372		4386
2373	The name of the F<ev.h> header file used to include it. The default if	4387	The name of the F<ev.h> header file used to include it. The default if
2374	undefined is C<< <ev.h> >> in F<event.h> and C<"ev.h"> in F<ev.c>. This	4388	undefined is C<"ev.h"> in F<event.h>, F<ev.c> and F<ev++.h>. This can be
2375	can be used to virtually rename the F<ev.h> header file in case of conflicts.	4389	used to virtually rename the F<ev.h> header file in case of conflicts.
2376		4390
2377	=item EV_CONFIG_H	4391	=item EV_CONFIG_H (h)
2378		4392
2379	If C<EV_STANDALONE> isn't C<1>, this variable can be used to override	4393	If C<EV_STANDALONE> isn't C<1>, this variable can be used to override
2380	F<ev.c>'s idea of where to find the F<config.h> file, similarly to	4394	F<ev.c>'s idea of where to find the F<config.h> file, similarly to
2381	C<EV_H>, above.	4395	C<EV_H>, above.
2382		4396
2383	=item EV_EVENT_H	4397	=item EV_EVENT_H (h)
2384		4398
2385	Similarly to C<EV_H>, this macro can be used to override F<event.c>'s idea	4399	Similarly to C<EV_H>, this macro can be used to override F<event.c>'s idea
2386	of how the F<event.h> header can be found.	4400	of how the F<event.h> header can be found, the default is C<"event.h">.
2387		4401
2388	=item EV_PROTOTYPES	4402	=item EV_PROTOTYPES (h)
2389		4403
2390	If defined to be C<0>, then F<ev.h> will not define any function	4404	If defined to be C<0>, then F<ev.h> will not define any function
2391	prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is	4405	prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
2392	occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions	4406	occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
2393	around libev functions.	4407	around libev functions.
…		…
2412	When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search	4426	When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
2413	all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space	4427	all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
2414	and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (-2 .. +2) is usually	4428	and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (-2 .. +2) is usually
2415	fine.	4429	fine.
2416		4430
2417	If your embedding app does not need any priorities, defining these both to	4431	If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
2418	C<0> will save some memory and cpu.	4432	both to C<0> will save some memory and CPU.
2419		4433
2420	=item EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE	4434	=item EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE,
		4435	EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE,
		4436	EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE.
2421		4437
2422	If undefined or defined to be C<1>, then periodic timers are supported. If	4438	If undefined or defined to be C<1> (and the platform supports it), then
2423	defined to be C<0>, then they are not. Disabling them saves a few kB of	4439	the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be C<0>, then it
2424	code.	4440	is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
2425		4441
2426	=item EV_IDLE_ENABLE	4442	=item EV_FEATURES
2427
2428	If undefined or defined to be C<1>, then idle watchers are supported. If
2429	defined to be C<0>, then they are not. Disabling them saves a few kB of
2430	code.
2431
2432	=item EV_EMBED_ENABLE
2433
2434	If undefined or defined to be C<1>, then embed watchers are supported. If
2435	defined to be C<0>, then they are not.
2436
2437	=item EV_STAT_ENABLE
2438
2439	If undefined or defined to be C<1>, then stat watchers are supported. If
2440	defined to be C<0>, then they are not.
2441
2442	=item EV_FORK_ENABLE
2443
2444	If undefined or defined to be C<1>, then fork watchers are supported. If
2445	defined to be C<0>, then they are not.
2446
2447	=item EV_MINIMAL
2448		4443
2449	If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some	4444	If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
2450	speed, define this symbol to C<1>. Currently only used for gcc to override	4445	speed (but with the full API), you can define this symbol to request
2451	some inlining decisions, saves roughly 30% codesize of amd64.	4446	certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
		4447	that can be enabled on the platform.
		4448
		4449	A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to C<0> (or to a bitset
		4450	with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
		4451	additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
		4452	but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
		4453	backend, use this:
		4454
		4455	#define EV_FEATURES 0
		4456	#define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
		4457	#define EV_USE_POLL 1
		4458	#define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
		4459	#define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
		4460
		4461	The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
		4462	values:
		4463
		4464	=over 4
		4465
		4466	=item C<1> - faster/larger code
		4467
		4468	Use larger code to speed up some operations.
		4469
		4470	Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
		4471	code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
		4472
		4473	When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as C<-Os> with
		4474	gcc is recommended, as well as C<-DNDEBUG>, as libev contains a number of
		4475	assertions.
		4476
		4477	=item C<2> - faster/larger data structures
		4478
		4479	Replaces the small 2-heap for timer management by a faster 4-heap, larger
		4480	hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
		4481	and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
		4482	runtime.
		4483
		4484	=item C<4> - full API configuration
		4485
		4486	This enables priorities (sets C<EV_MAXPRI>=2 and C<EV_MINPRI>=-2), and
		4487	enables multiplicity (C<EV_MULTIPLICITY>=1).
		4488
		4489	=item C<8> - full API
		4490
		4491	This enables a lot of the "lesser used" API functions. See C<ev.h> for
		4492	details on which parts of the API are still available without this
		4493	feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
		4494
		4495	=item C<16> - enable all optional watcher types
		4496
		4497	Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
		4498	only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
		4499	embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
		4500	C<EV_watchertype_ENABLE> to C<1> instead.
		4501
		4502	=item C<32> - enable all backends
		4503
		4504	This enables all backends - without this feature, you need to enable at
		4505	least one backend manually (C<EV_USE_SELECT> is a good choice).
		4506
		4507	=item C<64> - enable OS-specific "helper" APIs
		4508
		4509	Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
		4510	default.
		4511
		4512	=back
		4513
		4514	Compiling with C<gcc -Os -DEV_STANDALONE -DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 -DEV_FEATURES=0>
		4515	reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
		4516	code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
		4517	watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
		4518
		4519	With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
		4520	when you use C<-Wl,--gc-sections -ffunction-sections>) functions unused by
		4521	your program might be left out as well - a binary starting a timer and an
		4522	I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
		4523
		4524	=item EV_AVOID_STDIO
		4525
		4526	If this is set to C<1> at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
		4527	functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
		4528	somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
		4529	libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
		4530	big.
		4531
		4532	Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
		4533	enabled.
		4534
		4535	=item EV_NSIG
		4536
		4537	The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
		4538	signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
		4539	automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
		4540	specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (C<32> should be
		4541	good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
		4542	statically allocates some 12-24 bytes per signal number.
2452		4543
2453	=item EV_PID_HASHSIZE	4544	=item EV_PID_HASHSIZE
2454		4545
2455	C<ev_child> watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by	4546	C<ev_child> watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
2456	pid. The default size is C<16> (or C<1> with C<EV_MINIMAL>), usually more	4547	pid. The default size is C<16> (or C<1> with C<EV_FEATURES> disabled),
2457	than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you might want to	4548	usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
2458	increase this value (I<must> be a power of two).	4549	might want to increase this value (I<must> be a power of two).
2459		4550
2460	=item EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE	4551	=item EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE
2461		4552
2462	C<ev_staz> watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by	4553	C<ev_stat> watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
2463	inotify watch id. The default size is C<16> (or C<1> with C<EV_MINIMAL>),	4554	inotify watch id. The default size is C<16> (or C<1> with C<EV_FEATURES>
2464	usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of C<ev_stat>	4555	disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
2465	watchers you might want to increase this value (I<must> be a power of	4556	C<ev_stat> watchers you might want to increase this value (I<must> be a
2466	two).	4557	power of two).
		4558
		4559	=item EV_USE_4HEAP
		4560
		4561	Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
		4562	timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4-heap when this symbol is defined
		4563	to C<1>. The 4-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
		4564	faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
		4565
		4566	The default is C<1>, unless C<EV_FEATURES> overrides it, in which case it
		4567	will be C<0>.
		4568
		4569	=item EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT
		4570
		4571	Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
		4572	timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (I<at>) within
		4573	the heap structure (selected by defining C<EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT> to C<1>),
		4574	which uses 8-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
		4575	but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
		4576	noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
		4577
		4578	The default is C<1>, unless C<EV_FEATURES> overrides it, in which case it
		4579	will be C<0>.
		4580
		4581	=item EV_VERIFY
		4582
		4583	Controls how much internal verification (see C<ev_verify ()>) will
		4584	be done: If set to C<0>, no internal verification code will be compiled
		4585	in. If set to C<1>, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
		4586	called. If set to C<2>, then the internal verification code will be
		4587	called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to C<3>, then the
		4588	verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
		4589	libev considerably.
		4590
		4591	The default is C<1>, unless C<EV_FEATURES> overrides it, in which case it
		4592	will be C<0>.
2467		4593
2468	=item EV_COMMON	4594	=item EV_COMMON
2469		4595
2470	By default, all watchers have a C<void *data> member. By redefining	4596	By default, all watchers have a C<void *data> member. By redefining
2471	this macro to a something else you can include more and other types of	4597	this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
2472	members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,	4598	members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
2473	though, and it must be identical each time.	4599	though, and it must be identical each time.
2474		4600
2475	For example, the perl EV module uses something like this:	4601	For example, the perl EV module uses something like this:
2476		4602
2477	#define EV_COMMON \	4603	#define EV_COMMON \
2478	SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \	4604	SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \
2479	SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */	4605	SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
2480		4606
2481	=item EV_CB_DECLARE (type)	4607	=item EV_CB_DECLARE (type)
2482		4608
2483	=item EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)	4609	=item EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)
2484		4610
…		…
2489	definition and a statement, respectively. See the F<ev.h> header file for	4615	definition and a statement, respectively. See the F<ev.h> header file for
2490	their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to	4616	their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
2491	avoid the C<struct ev_loop *> as first argument in all cases, or to use	4617	avoid the C<struct ev_loop *> as first argument in all cases, or to use
2492	method calls instead of plain function calls in C++.	4618	method calls instead of plain function calls in C++.
2493		4619
		4620	=back
		4621
2494	=head2 EXPORTED API SYMBOLS	4622	=head2 EXPORTED API SYMBOLS
2495		4623
2496	If you need to re-export the API (e.g. via a dll) and you need a list of	4624	If you need to re-export the API (e.g. via a DLL) and you need a list of
2497	exported symbols, you can use the provided F<Symbol.*> files which list	4625	exported symbols, you can use the provided F<Symbol.*> files which list
2498	all public symbols, one per line:	4626	all public symbols, one per line:
2499		4627
2500	Symbols.ev for libev proper	4628	Symbols.ev for libev proper
2501	Symbols.event for the libevent emulation	4629	Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
2502		4630
2503	This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with	4631	This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
2504	multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in	4632	multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
2505	itself, but sometimes it is inconvinient to avoid this).	4633	itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
2506		4634
2507	A sed command like this will create wrapper C<#define>'s that you need to	4635	A sed command like this will create wrapper C<#define>'s that you need to
2508	include before including F<ev.h>:	4636	include before including F<ev.h>:
2509		4637
2510	<Symbols.ev sed -e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h	4638	<Symbols.ev sed -e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
…		…
2527	file.	4655	file.
2528		4656
2529	The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a F<ev_cpp.h> header file	4657	The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a F<ev_cpp.h> header file
2530	that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:	4658	that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
2531		4659
2532	#define EV_MINIMAL 1	4660	#define EV_FEATURES 8
2533	#define EV_USE_POLL 0	4661	#define EV_USE_SELECT 1
2534	#define EV_MULTIPLICITY 0
2535	#define EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE 0	4662	#define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
		4663	#define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
2536	#define EV_STAT_ENABLE 0	4664	#define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
2537	#define EV_FORK_ENABLE 0	4665	#define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
		4666	#define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
2538	#define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>	4667	#define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
2539	#define EV_MINPRI 0
2540	#define EV_MAXPRI 0
2541		4668
2542	#include "ev++.h"	4669	#include "ev++.h"
2543		4670
2544	And a F<ev_cpp.C> implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:	4671	And a F<ev_cpp.C> implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
2545		4672
2546	#include "ev_cpp.h"	4673	#include "ev_cpp.h"
2547	#include "ev.c"	4674	#include "ev.c"
2548		4675
		4676	=head1 INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT
2549		4677
		4678	=head2 THREADS AND COROUTINES
		4679
		4680	=head3 THREADS
		4681
		4682	All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
		4683	documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
		4684	that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
		4685	are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
		4686	parameter (C<ev_default_*> calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
		4687	of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
		4688	structures that need any locking.
		4689
		4690	Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
		4691	concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
		4692	must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
		4693	only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
		4694	a mutex per loop).
		4695
		4696	Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
		4697	so-called C<ev_async> watchers, which allow some limited form of
		4698	concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up "from the
		4699	outside".
		4700
		4701	If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
		4702	without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
		4703	help you, but here is some generic advice:
		4704
		4705	=over 4
		4706
		4707	=item * most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
		4708	in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
		4709
		4710	This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
		4711	themselves and don't care/know about threading.
		4712
		4713	=item * one loop per thread is usually a good model.
		4714
		4715	Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
		4716	exists, but it is always a good start.
		4717
		4718	=item * other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
		4719	loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
		4720
		4721	Choosing a model is hard - look around, learn, know that usually you can do
		4722	better than you currently do :-)
		4723
		4724	=item * often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
		4725	event loop.
		4726
		4727	C<ev_async> watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
		4728	(or from signal contexts...).
		4729
		4730	An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
		4731	work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
		4732	default loop and triggering an C<ev_async> watcher from the default loop
		4733	watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
		4734
		4735	=back
		4736
		4737	See also L<THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE>.
		4738
		4739	=head3 COROUTINES
		4740
		4741	Libev is very accommodating to coroutines ("cooperative threads"):
		4742	libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
		4743	coroutines (e.g. you can call C<ev_run> on the same loop from two
		4744	different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
		4745	the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
		4746	that you must not do this from C<ev_periodic> reschedule callbacks.
		4747
		4748	Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
		4749	C<ev_run>, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
		4750	they do not call any callbacks.
		4751
		4752	=head2 COMPILER WARNINGS
		4753
		4754	Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
		4755	lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
		4756	scared by this.
		4757
		4758	However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
		4759	has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
		4760	warning options. "Warn-free" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
		4761	targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
		4762
		4763	Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
		4764	workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
		4765	maintainable.
		4766
		4767	And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
		4768	wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
		4769	seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
		4770	warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
		4771	been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
		4772	such buggy versions.
		4773
		4774	While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
		4775	"warn-free" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
		4776	with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
		4777	them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
		4778	warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
		4779
		4780
		4781	=head2 VALGRIND
		4782
		4783	Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
		4784	highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
		4785
		4786	If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
		4787	in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
		4788
		4789	==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
		4790	==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
		4791	==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
		4792
		4793	Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
		4794	is not a memleak - the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
		4795
		4796	Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
		4797	as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
		4798	although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
		4799	confused.
		4800
		4801	Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
		4802	make it into some kind of religion.
		4803
		4804	If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
		4805	with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
		4806	is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
		4807	annoyed when you get a brisk "this is no bug" answer and take the chance
		4808	of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
		4809
		4810	If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
		4811	I suggest using suppression lists.
		4812
		4813
		4814	=head1 PORTABILITY NOTES
		4815
		4816	=head2 GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS
		4817
		4818	GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
		4819	interfaces but I<disables> them by default.
		4820
		4821	That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
		4822	files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects C<ev_stat> watchers.
		4823
		4824	Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
		4825	by enabling the large file API, which makes them incompatible with the
		4826	standard libev compiled for their system.
		4827
		4828	Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file API itself as this would
		4829	suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
		4830	i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
		4831
		4832	=head2 OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS
		4833
		4834	The whole thing is a bug if you ask me - basically any system interface
		4835	you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
		4836	OpenGL drivers.
		4837
		4838	=head3 C<kqueue> is buggy
		4839
		4840	The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions - most versions support
		4841	only sockets, many support pipes.
		4842
		4843	Libev tries to work around this by not using C<kqueue> by default on this
		4844	rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
		4845	loop - embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
		4846	probably going to work well.
		4847
		4848	=head3 C<poll> is buggy
		4849
		4850	Instead of fixing C<kqueue>, Apple replaced their (working) C<poll>
		4851	implementation by something calling C<kqueue> internally around the 10.5.6
		4852	release, so now C<kqueue> I<and> C<poll> are broken.
		4853
		4854	Libev tries to work around this by not using C<poll> by default on
		4855	this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
		4856	a loop.
		4857
		4858	=head3 C<select> is buggy
		4859
		4860	All that's left is C<select>, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
		4861	one up as well: On OS/X, C<select> actively limits the number of file
		4862	descriptors you can pass in to 1024 - your program suddenly crashes when
		4863	you use more.
		4864
		4865	There is an undocumented "workaround" for this - defining
		4866	C<_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT>, which libev tries to use, so select I<should>
		4867	work on OS/X.
		4868
		4869	=head2 SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS
		4870
		4871	=head3 C<errno> reentrancy
		4872
		4873	The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
		4874	thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
		4875	without C<-D_REENTRANT> in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
		4876	defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
		4877
		4878	If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
		4879	it's compiled with C<_REENTRANT> defined.
		4880
		4881	=head3 Event port backend
		4882
		4883	The scalable event interface for Solaris is called "event
		4884	ports". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
		4885	releases. If you run into high CPU usage, your program freezes or you get
		4886	a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
		4887	and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
		4888	are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
		4889	great.
		4890
		4891	If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
		4892	the environment variable C<LIBEV_FLAGS=3> to only allow C<poll> and
		4893	C<select> backends.
		4894
		4895	=head2 AIX POLL BUG
		4896
		4897	AIX unfortunately has a broken C<poll.h> header. Libev works around
		4898	this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
		4899	compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as C<select> works fine
		4900	with large bitsets on AIX, and AIX is dead anyway.
		4901
		4902	=head2 WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS
		4903
		4904	=head3 General issues
		4905
		4906	Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. POSIX) that libev
		4907	requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the POSIX
		4908	model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
		4909	the form of the C<EVBACKEND_SELECT> backend, and only supports socket
		4910	descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
		4911	e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
		4912	as every compiler comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
		4913	environment.
		4914
		4915	Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
		4916	re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
		4917	then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
		4918	also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
		4919
		4920	There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
		4921	embedding it into other applications.
		4922
		4923	Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft - libev
		4924	tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
		4925
		4926	Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
		4927	accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
		4928	either accept everything or return C<ENOBUFS> if the buffer is too large,
		4929	so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
		4930	megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
		4931	available).
		4932
		4933	Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
		4934	the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
		4935	is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
		4936	more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
		4937	different implementation for windows, as libev offers the POSIX readiness
		4938	notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
		4939	(due to Microsoft monopoly games).
		4940
		4941	A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
		4942	section for details) and use the following F<evwrap.h> header file instead
		4943	of F<ev.h>:
		4944
		4945	#define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
		4946	#define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
		4947
		4948	#include "ev.h"
		4949
		4950	And compile the following F<evwrap.c> file into your project (make sure
		4951	you do I<not> compile the F<ev.c> or any other embedded source files!):
		4952
		4953	#include "evwrap.h"
		4954	#include "ev.c"
		4955
		4956	=head3 The winsocket C<select> function
		4957
		4958	The winsocket C<select> function doesn't follow POSIX in that it
		4959	requires socket I<handles> and not socket I<file descriptors> (it is
		4960	also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
		4961	requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
		4962	C runtime provides the function C<_open_osfhandle> for this). See the
		4963	discussion of the C<EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET>, C<EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET> and
		4964	C<EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE> preprocessor symbols for more info.
		4965
		4966	The configuration for a "naked" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
		4967	libraries and raw winsocket select is:
		4968
		4969	#define EV_USE_SELECT 1
		4970	#define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
		4971
		4972	Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
		4973	complexity in the O(n²) range when using win32.
		4974
		4975	=head3 Limited number of file descriptors
		4976
		4977	Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
		4978
		4979	Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
		4980	of C<64> handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
		4981	can only wait for C<64> things at the same time internally; Microsoft
		4982	recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
		4983	previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
		4984
		4985	Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define C<FD_SETSIZE>
		4986	to some high number (e.g. C<2048>) before compiling the winsocket select
		4987	call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
		4988	other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
		4989
		4990	Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
		4991	libraries, which by default is C<64> (there must be a hidden I<64>
		4992	fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
		4993	by calling C<_setmaxstdio>, which can increase this limit to C<2048>
		4994	(another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
		4995	runtime libraries. This might get you to about C<512> or C<2048> sockets
		4996	(depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
		4997	you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
		4998	the cost of calling select (O(n²)) will likely make this unworkable.
		4999
		5000	=head2 PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS
		5001
		5002	In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
		5003	backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
		5004
		5005	=over 4
		5006
		5007	=item C<void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)> must have compatible
		5008	calling conventions regardless of C<ev_watcher_type *>.
		5009
		5010	Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
		5011	structure (guaranteed by POSIX but not by ISO C for example), but it also
		5012	assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
		5013	callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
		5014	calls them using an C<ev_watcher *> internally.
		5015
		5016	=item pointer accesses must be thread-atomic
		5017
		5018	Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
		5019	writable in one piece - this is the case on all current architectures.
		5020
		5021	=item C<sig_atomic_t volatile> must be thread-atomic as well
		5022
		5023	The type C<sig_atomic_t volatile> (or whatever is defined as
		5024	C<EV_ATOMIC_T>) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
		5025	threads. This is not part of the specification for C<sig_atomic_t>, but is
		5026	believed to be sufficiently portable.
		5027
		5028	=item C<sigprocmask> must work in a threaded environment
		5029
		5030	Libev uses C<sigprocmask> to temporarily block signals. This is not
		5031	allowed in a threaded program (C<pthread_sigmask> has to be used). Typical
		5032	pthread implementations will either allow C<sigprocmask> in the "main
		5033	thread" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
		5034	be compatible with libev. Interaction between C<sigprocmask> and
		5035	C<pthread_sigmask> could complicate things, however.
		5036
		5037	The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
		5038	except the initial one, and run the default loop in the initial thread as
		5039	well.
		5040
		5041	=item C<long> must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes
		5042
		5043	To improve portability and simplify its API, libev uses C<long> internally
		5044	instead of C<size_t> when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
		5045	systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
		5046	least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
		5047	watchers.
		5048
		5049	=item C<double> must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy
		5050
		5051	The type C<double> is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
		5052	have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
		5053	good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
		5054	(the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
		5055	implementations using IEEE 754, which is basically all existing ones.
		5056
		5057	With IEEE 754 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least the
		5058	year 2255 (and millisecond accuray till the year 287396 - by then, libev
		5059	is either obsolete or somebody patched it to use C<long double> or
		5060	something like that, just kidding).
		5061
		5062	=back
		5063
		5064	If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
		5065
		5066
2550	=head1 COMPLEXITIES	5067	=head1 ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES
2551		5068
2552	In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside	5069	In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
2553	libev will be explained. For complexity discussions about backends see the	5070	libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
2554	documentation for C<ev_default_init>.	5071	the documentation for C<ev_default_init>.
2555		5072
2556	All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be	5073	All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
2557	extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this	5074	extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
2558	happens asymptotically never with higher number of elements, so O(1) might	5075	happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
2559	mean it might do a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on average	5076	mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
2560	it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.	5077	average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
2561		5078
2562	=over 4	5079	=over 4
2563		5080
2564	=item Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)	5081	=item Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)
2565		5082
2566	This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and	5083	This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
2567	there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that then inserting will	5084	there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
2568	have to skip those 100 watchers.	5085	have to skip roughly seven (C<ld 100>) of these watchers.
2569		5086
2570	=item Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat, again): O(log skipped_other_timers)	5087	=item Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)
2571		5088
2572	That means that for changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them	5089	That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
2573	as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.	5090	as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
2574		5091
2575	=item Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child watchers: O(1)	5092	=item Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)
2576		5093
2577	These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.	5094	These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
		5095
2578	=item Stopping check/prepare/idle watchers: O(1)	5096	=item Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)
2579		5097
2580	=item Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))	5098	=item Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))
2581		5099
2582	These watchers are stored in lists then need to be walked to find the	5100	These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
2583	correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually	5101	correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
2584	have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal).	5102	have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
		5103	is rare).
2585		5104
2586	=item Finding the next timer per loop iteration: O(1)	5105	=item Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)
		5106
		5107	By virtue of using a binary or 4-heap, the next timer is always found at a
		5108	fixed position in the storage array.
2587		5109
2588	=item Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)	5110	=item Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)
2589		5111
2590	A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires	5112	A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
2591	libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel).	5113	libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
		5114	on backend and whether C<ev_io_set> was used).
2592		5115
2593	=item Activating one watcher: O(1)	5116	=item Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)
2594		5117
2595	=item Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)	5118	=item Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)
2596		5119
2597	Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each	5120	Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
2598	priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to	5121	priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
2599	linearly search all the priorities.	5122	linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
		5123	watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
		5124
		5125	=item Sending an ev_async: O(1)
		5126
		5127	=item Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)
		5128
		5129	=item Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)
		5130
		5131	Sending involves a system call I<iff> there were no other C<ev_async_send>
		5132	calls in the current loop iteration and the loop is currently
		5133	blocked. Checking for async and signal events involves iterating over all
		5134	running async watchers or all signal numbers.
2600		5135
2601	=back	5136	=back
2602		5137
2603		5138
		5139	=head1 PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X
		5140
		5141	The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the API.
		5142
		5143	At the moment, the C<ev.h> header file provides compatibility definitions
		5144	for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
		5145	layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
		5146	new API early than late.
		5147
		5148	=over 4
		5149
		5150	=item C<EV_COMPAT3> backwards compatibility mechanism
		5151
		5152	The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
		5153	C<EV_COMPAT3>. See L<PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS> in the L<EMBEDDING>
		5154	section.
		5155
		5156	=item C<ev_default_destroy> and C<ev_default_fork> have been removed
		5157
		5158	These calls can be replaced easily by their C<ev_loop_xxx> counterparts:
		5159
		5160	ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
		5161	ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
		5162
		5163	=item function/symbol renames
		5164
		5165	A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
		5166
		5167	ev_loop => ev_run
		5168	EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
		5169	EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
		5170
		5171	ev_unloop => ev_break
		5172	EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
		5173	EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
		5174	EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
		5175
		5176	EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
		5177
		5178	ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
		5179	ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
		5180	ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
		5181
		5182	Most functions working on C<struct ev_loop> objects don't have an
		5183	C<ev_loop_> prefix, so it was removed; C<ev_loop>, C<ev_unloop> and
		5184	associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the C<struct
		5185	ev_loop> anymore and C<EV_TIMER> now follows the same naming scheme
		5186	as all other watcher types. Note that C<ev_loop_fork> is still called
		5187	C<ev_loop_fork> because it would otherwise clash with the C<ev_fork>
		5188	typedef.
		5189
		5190	=item C<EV_MINIMAL> mechanism replaced by C<EV_FEATURES>
		5191
		5192	The preprocessor symbol C<EV_MINIMAL> has been replaced by a different
		5193	mechanism, C<EV_FEATURES>. Programs using C<EV_MINIMAL> usually compile
		5194	and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
		5195
		5196	=back
		5197
		5198
		5199	=head1 GLOSSARY
		5200
		5201	=over 4
		5202
		5203	=item active
		5204
		5205	A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
		5206	See L<WATCHER STATES> for details.
		5207
		5208	=item application
		5209
		5210	In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
		5211
		5212	=item backend
		5213
		5214	The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
		5215
		5216	=item callback
		5217
		5218	The address of a function that is called when some event has been
		5219	detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
		5220	received the event, and the actual event bitset.
		5221
		5222	=item callback/watcher invocation
		5223
		5224	The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
		5225
		5226	=item event
		5227
		5228	A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
		5229	for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
		5230	any other events happening anymore.
		5231
		5232	In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as C<EV_READ> or
		5233	C<EV_TIMER>).
		5234
		5235	=item event library
		5236
		5237	A software package implementing an event model and loop.
		5238
		5239	=item event loop
		5240
		5241	An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
		5242	into callback invocations.
		5243
		5244	=item event model
		5245
		5246	The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
		5247	watchers and events.
		5248
		5249	=item pending
		5250
		5251	A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
		5252	detected. See L<WATCHER STATES> for details.
		5253
		5254	=item real time
		5255
		5256	The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
		5257
		5258	=item wall-clock time
		5259
		5260	The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
		5261	be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when you adjust your
		5262	clock.
		5263
		5264	=item watcher
		5265
		5266	A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
		5267	to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
		5268
		5269	=back
		5270
2604	=head1 AUTHOR	5271	=head1 AUTHOR
2605		5272
2606	Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>.	5273	Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
		5274	Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta, and minor corrections by many others.
2607		5275

Diff Legend

–	Removed lines
+	Added lines
<	Changed lines
>	Changed lines